7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
2 *
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
4 *
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
8 */
|
|
9
|
|
10 /*
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
12 */
|
|
13
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
15
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
17 /*
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
19 */
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
21
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
449
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OCCULT 13
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
7
|
37
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
39
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
41 {
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
449
|
55 N_(" Occult completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
59
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
61
|
|
62 /*
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
64 */
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
67 {
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
71 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
72 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
73 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
7
|
74 };
|
|
75
|
464
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
7
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
78
|
|
79 /*
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
7
|
85 */
|
464
|
86 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
87 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
88 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
449
|
89
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
93
|
464
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
101 * that is being completed */
|
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
104 * completion started */
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
449
|
107
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
7
|
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
111 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
112 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
114 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
115 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
116 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
117 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
118 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
119 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
120 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
121 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
122 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
123 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
124
|
|
125 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
126 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
127 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
128 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
129
|
|
130 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
131 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
132 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
133 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
134 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
135 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
136 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
221
|
137 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
138 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
484
|
139 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
497
|
140 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
221
|
141 #endif
|
7
|
142 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
143 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
144 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
145 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
146 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
147 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
149 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
150 #endif
|
|
151 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
152 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
153 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
154 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
155 #endif
|
|
156 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
157 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
449
|
158 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
477
|
159 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
7
|
160 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
161 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
162 #endif
|
|
163 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
164 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
165 #endif
|
449
|
166 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
167 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
7
|
168 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
169 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
170 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
171 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
172 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
173 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
174 #endif
|
|
175 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
176 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
177 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
178 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
179 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
180 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
181 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
182 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
183 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
184 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
185 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
186 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
187 #endif
|
|
188 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
189 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
190 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
191 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
192 #endif
|
|
193 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
449
|
194 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
7
|
195 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
196 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
197 #endif
|
|
198 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
199
|
|
200 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
201 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
202
|
|
203 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
204 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
205 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
206 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
207
|
|
208 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
209 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
210 #endif
|
|
211
|
|
212 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
213
|
|
214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
298
|
215 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
216 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
217 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
218 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
7
|
219 #endif
|
|
220
|
|
221 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
222 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
223 #endif
|
|
224
|
|
225 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
226 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
227 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
228
|
|
229 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
230 under the cursor */
|
|
231
|
|
232 /*
|
|
233 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
234 *
|
|
235 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
236 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
237 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
238 * 'R' replace command
|
|
239 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
240 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
241 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
242 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
243 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
244 *
|
|
245 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
246 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
247 *
|
|
248 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
249 */
|
|
250 int
|
|
251 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
252 int cmdchar;
|
|
253 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
254 long count;
|
|
255 {
|
|
256 int c = 0;
|
|
257 char_u *ptr;
|
|
258 int lastc;
|
|
259 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
260 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
261 int i;
|
|
262 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
263 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
264 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
265 #endif
|
|
266 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
267 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
268 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
269 #endif
|
|
270 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
271 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
272 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
477
|
273 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
7
|
274
|
|
275 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
276 * error message */
|
|
277 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
278
|
|
279 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
280 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
281 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
282 {
|
|
283 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
284 return FALSE;
|
|
285 }
|
|
286 #endif
|
|
287
|
|
288 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
289 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
290 #endif
|
|
291
|
11
|
292 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
293 /*
|
|
294 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
295 */
|
|
296 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
297 {
|
|
298 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
299 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
300 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
301 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
302 else
|
|
303 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
304 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
305 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
306 }
|
|
307 #endif
|
|
308
|
7
|
309 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
310 /*
|
|
311 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
312 * where the paste started.
|
|
313 */
|
|
314 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
315 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
316 else
|
|
317 #endif
|
|
318 {
|
|
319 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
320 if (startln)
|
|
321 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
322 }
|
|
323 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
324 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
325 if (!did_ai)
|
|
326 ai_col = 0;
|
|
327
|
|
328 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
329 {
|
|
330 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
331 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
332 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
333 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
334 {
|
|
335 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
336 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
337 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
338 }
|
|
339 else
|
|
340 #endif
|
|
341 {
|
|
342 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
343 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
344 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
345 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
346 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
347 }
|
|
348 }
|
|
349
|
|
350 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
351 {
|
|
352 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
353 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
354 {
|
|
355 beep_flush();
|
|
356 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
357 State = INSERT;
|
|
358 }
|
|
359 else
|
|
360 #endif
|
|
361 State = REPLACE;
|
|
362 }
|
|
363 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
364 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
365 {
|
|
366 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
367 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
368 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
369 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
370 }
|
|
371 #endif
|
|
372 else
|
|
373 State = INSERT;
|
|
374
|
|
375 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
376
|
|
377 /*
|
|
378 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
379 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
380 */
|
|
381 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
382
|
|
383 /*
|
|
384 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
385 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
386 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
387 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
388 */
|
|
389 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
390 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
391 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
392 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
393 #endif
|
|
394
|
|
395 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
396 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
397 #endif
|
|
398
|
|
399 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
400 setmouse();
|
|
401 #endif
|
|
402 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
403 clear_showcmd();
|
|
404 #endif
|
|
405 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
406 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
407 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
408 if (revins_on)
|
|
409 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
410 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
411 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
412 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
413 #endif
|
|
414
|
|
415 /*
|
|
416 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
417 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
418 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
419 */
|
|
420 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
421 {
|
|
422 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
423 /*
|
|
424 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
425 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
426 */
|
|
427 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
428 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
429 else
|
|
430 #endif
|
|
431 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
432 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
433
|
|
434 /*
|
|
435 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
436 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
437 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
438 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
439 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
440 */
|
|
441 validate_virtcol();
|
|
442 update_curswant();
|
230
|
443 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
7
|
444 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
445 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
446 {
|
|
447 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
448 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
450 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
451 {
|
474
|
452 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
453 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
454 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
455 }
|
|
456 #endif
|
|
457 }
|
230
|
458 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
7
|
459 }
|
|
460 else
|
|
461 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
462
|
|
463 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
464 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
465
|
|
466 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
467 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
468
|
|
469 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
470 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
471 #endif
|
|
472 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
473 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
474 #endif
|
|
475 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
476 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
477 * restarting. */
|
|
478 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
479 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
480 #endif
|
|
481
|
|
482 /*
|
|
483 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
484 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
485 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
486 */
|
|
487 i = 0;
|
|
488 if (p_smd)
|
|
489 i = showmode();
|
|
490
|
|
491 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
492 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
493
|
|
494 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
495 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
496 #endif
|
|
497 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
498 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
499 #endif
|
|
500
|
|
501 /*
|
|
502 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
503 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
504 */
|
|
505 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
506 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
507 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
508 else
|
|
509 {
|
|
510 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
511 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
512 }
|
|
513
|
|
514 old_indent = 0;
|
|
515
|
|
516 /*
|
|
517 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
518 */
|
|
519 for (;;)
|
|
520 {
|
|
521 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
522 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
523 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
524 else
|
|
525 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
526 #endif
|
|
527 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
528 count = 0;
|
|
529
|
|
530 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
531 {
|
|
532 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
533 count = 0;
|
|
534 goto doESCkey;
|
|
535 }
|
|
536
|
|
537 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
538 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
539 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
540
|
|
541 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
542 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
543 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
544 {
|
|
545 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
546 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
547 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
548 }
|
|
549
|
|
550 /*
|
|
551 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
552 */
|
|
553 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
554
|
|
555 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
556 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
557 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
558 * autocommand. */
|
|
559 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
560 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
561 #endif
|
|
562
|
|
563 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
564 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
565 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
566 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
567 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
568 if (!char_avail())
|
|
569 foldCheckClose();
|
|
570 #endif
|
|
571
|
|
572 /*
|
|
573 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
574 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
575 * redraw.
|
|
576 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
577 * something.
|
|
578 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
579 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
580 */
|
|
581 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
582 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
583 && !did_backspace
|
|
584 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
585 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
586 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
587 #endif
|
|
588 )
|
|
589 {
|
|
590 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
591 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
592
|
|
593 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
594 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
595 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
596 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
597 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
598 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
599 #endif
|
|
600 ))
|
|
601 {
|
|
602 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
603 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
604 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
605 else
|
|
606 #endif
|
|
607 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
608 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
609 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
610 else
|
|
611 #endif
|
|
612 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
613 }
|
|
614 }
|
|
615
|
|
616 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
617 update_topline();
|
|
618
|
|
619 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
620
|
|
621 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
622
|
|
623 /*
|
|
624 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
625 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
626 */
|
|
627 ins_redraw();
|
|
628
|
|
629 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
630 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
631 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
632 #endif
|
|
633
|
|
634 update_curswant();
|
|
635 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
636 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
637 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
638 #endif
|
|
639
|
|
640 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
641 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
642 #endif
|
|
643
|
|
644 /*
|
|
645 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
646 */
|
|
647 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
648 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
649
|
|
650 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
651 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
652 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
653 #endif
|
|
654 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
655 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
656 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
657 #endif
|
|
658
|
|
659 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
660 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
661 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
464
|
662 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
663 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
7
|
664 #endif
|
|
665
|
477
|
666 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
667 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
668 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
7
|
669 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
670 {
|
|
671 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
672 ins_redraw();
|
|
673 ++no_mapping;
|
|
674 ++allow_keys;
|
|
675 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
676 --no_mapping;
|
|
677 --allow_keys;
|
477
|
678 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
7
|
679 {
|
477
|
680 /* it's something else */
|
7
|
681 vungetc(c);
|
|
682 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
683 }
|
|
684 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
685 continue;
|
|
686 else
|
|
687 {
|
477
|
688 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
689 {
|
|
690 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
691 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
692 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
693 }
|
7
|
694 count = 0;
|
|
695 goto doESCkey;
|
|
696 }
|
|
697 }
|
|
698
|
|
699 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
700 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
701 #endif
|
|
702
|
|
703 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
704 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
705 goto docomplete;
|
|
706 #endif
|
|
707 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
708 {
|
|
709 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
710 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
711 continue;
|
|
712 }
|
|
713
|
|
714 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
715 if (cindent_on()
|
|
716 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
717 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
718 # endif
|
|
719 )
|
|
720 {
|
|
721 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
722 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
723 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
724 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
725 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
726 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
727 goto force_cindent;
|
|
728 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
729 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
730 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
731 }
|
|
732 #endif
|
|
733
|
|
734 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
735 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
736 switch (c)
|
|
737 {
|
|
738 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
739 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
740 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
741 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
742 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
743 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
744 }
|
|
745 #endif
|
|
746
|
|
747 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
748 /*
|
|
749 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
750 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
751 * characters.
|
|
752 */
|
|
753 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
754 continue;
|
|
755 #endif
|
|
756
|
|
757 /*
|
|
758 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
759 */
|
|
760 switch (c)
|
|
761 {
|
449
|
762 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
7
|
763 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
764 break;
|
|
765 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
766
|
449
|
767 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
7
|
768 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
769 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
770 {
|
|
771 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
772 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
773 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
774 goto doESCkey;
|
|
775 }
|
|
776 #endif
|
|
777
|
|
778 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
779 do_intr:
|
|
780 #endif
|
|
781 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
782 * Insert mode */
|
|
783 if (goto_im())
|
|
784 {
|
|
785 if (got_int)
|
|
786 {
|
|
787 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
788 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
789 }
|
|
790 else
|
|
791 vim_beep();
|
|
792 break;
|
|
793 }
|
|
794 doESCkey:
|
|
795 /*
|
|
796 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
797 */
|
|
798 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
799 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
230
|
800 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
7
|
801 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
802
|
477
|
803 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
11
|
804 {
|
|
805 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
806 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
807 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
808 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
809 #endif
|
7
|
810 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
11
|
811 }
|
7
|
812 continue;
|
|
813
|
449
|
814 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
815 if (!p_im)
|
|
816 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
817 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
818 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
819 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
820
|
|
821 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
822 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
823 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
824 goto docomplete;
|
|
825 #endif
|
|
826 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
827 break;
|
|
828 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
829 count = 0;
|
|
830 goto doESCkey;
|
|
831
|
464
|
832 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
833 case K_KINS:
|
|
834 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
835 break;
|
|
836
|
|
837 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
838 break;
|
|
839
|
449
|
840 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
841 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
842 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
843 goto doESCkey;
|
|
844 #endif
|
|
845
|
|
846 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
847 case K_F1:
|
|
848 case K_XF1:
|
|
849 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
850 if (p_im)
|
|
851 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
852 goto doESCkey;
|
|
853
|
|
854 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
855 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
856 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
857 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
858 --no_mapping;
|
|
859 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
860 break;
|
|
861 #endif
|
|
862
|
|
863 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
7
|
864 case NUL:
|
|
865 case Ctrl_A:
|
449
|
866 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
867 * error. */
|
7
|
868 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
869 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
870 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
871 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
872 break;
|
|
873
|
449
|
874 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
7
|
875 ins_reg();
|
|
876 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
877 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
878 break;
|
|
879
|
449
|
880 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
7
|
881 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
882 break;
|
|
883
|
449
|
884 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
885 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
7
|
886 break;
|
|
887
|
|
888 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
449
|
889 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
7
|
890 if (!p_ari)
|
|
891 goto normalchar;
|
|
892 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
893 break;
|
|
894 #endif
|
|
895
|
449
|
896 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
7
|
897 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
898 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
899 goto docomplete;
|
|
900 #endif
|
|
901 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
902
|
449
|
903 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
7
|
904 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
905 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
906 {
|
449
|
907 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
908 goto docomplete;
|
|
909 break;
|
7
|
910 }
|
|
911 # endif
|
|
912 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
913 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
914 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
915 break;
|
|
916
|
449
|
917 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
7
|
918 case K_KDEL:
|
|
919 ins_del();
|
|
920 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
921 break;
|
|
922
|
449
|
923 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
7
|
924 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
925 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
926 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
927 break;
|
|
928
|
449
|
929 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
7
|
930 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
931 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
932 break;
|
|
933
|
449
|
934 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
12
|
935 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
936 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
449
|
937 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
12
|
938 goto docomplete;
|
|
939 # endif
|
7
|
940 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
941 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
942 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
943 break;
|
|
944
|
|
945 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
449
|
946 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
7
|
947 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
948 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
949 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
950 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
951 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
952 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
953 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
954 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
955 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
956 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
957 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
958 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
959 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
960 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
961 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
962 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
963 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
964 break;
|
|
965
|
449
|
966 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
7
|
967 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
968 break;
|
|
969
|
449
|
970 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
7
|
971 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
972 break;
|
|
973 #endif
|
|
974
|
449
|
975 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
7
|
976 break;
|
|
977
|
|
978 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
979 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
980 ins_scroll();
|
|
981 break;
|
|
982
|
|
983 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
984 ins_horscroll();
|
|
985 break;
|
|
986 #endif
|
|
987
|
449
|
988 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
7
|
989 case K_KHOME:
|
|
990 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
991 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
992 ins_home(c);
|
|
993 break;
|
|
994
|
449
|
995 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
7
|
996 case K_KEND:
|
|
997 case K_S_END:
|
|
998 case K_C_END:
|
|
999 ins_end(c);
|
|
1000 break;
|
|
1001
|
449
|
1002 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
180
|
1003 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
1004 ins_s_left();
|
|
1005 else
|
|
1006 ins_left();
|
7
|
1007 break;
|
|
1008
|
449
|
1009 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
7
|
1010 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
1011 ins_s_left();
|
|
1012 break;
|
|
1013
|
449
|
1014 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
180
|
1015 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
1016 ins_s_right();
|
|
1017 else
|
|
1018 ins_right();
|
7
|
1019 break;
|
|
1020
|
449
|
1021 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
7
|
1022 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
1023 ins_s_right();
|
|
1024 break;
|
|
1025
|
449
|
1026 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
180
|
1027 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
1028 ins_pageup();
|
|
1029 else
|
|
1030 ins_up(FALSE);
|
7
|
1031 break;
|
|
1032
|
449
|
1033 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
7
|
1034 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
1035 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
1036 ins_pageup();
|
|
1037 break;
|
|
1038
|
449
|
1039 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
180
|
1040 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
1041 ins_pagedown();
|
|
1042 else
|
|
1043 ins_down(FALSE);
|
7
|
1044 break;
|
|
1045
|
449
|
1046 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
7
|
1047 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
1048 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
1049 ins_pagedown();
|
|
1050 break;
|
|
1051
|
|
1052 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
449
|
1053 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
7
|
1054 ins_drop();
|
|
1055 break;
|
|
1056 #endif
|
|
1057
|
449
|
1058 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
7
|
1059 c = TAB;
|
|
1060 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1061
|
449
|
1062 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
7
|
1063 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
1064 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
1065 goto docomplete;
|
|
1066 #endif
|
|
1067 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1068 if (ins_tab())
|
|
1069 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
1070 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1071 break;
|
|
1072
|
449
|
1073 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
7
|
1074 c = CAR;
|
|
1075 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1076 case CAR:
|
|
1077 case NL:
|
|
1078 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
1079 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
1080 * cursor. */
|
|
1081 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
1082 {
|
|
1083 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
1084 break;
|
|
1085 }
|
|
1086 #endif
|
|
1087 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
1088 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
1089 {
|
|
1090 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
1091 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
1092 goto doESCkey;
|
|
1093 }
|
|
1094 #endif
|
|
1095 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
1096 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
1097 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
1098 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1099 break;
|
|
1100
|
|
1101 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
449
|
1102 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
7
|
1103 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1104 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
1105 {
|
449
|
1106 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
1107 goto docomplete;
|
|
1108 break;
|
7
|
1109 }
|
|
1110 # endif
|
|
1111 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
1112 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
1113 if (c == NUL)
|
|
1114 break;
|
|
1115 # endif
|
|
1116 goto normalchar;
|
449
|
1117 #endif
|
7
|
1118
|
|
1119 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
464
|
1120 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
1121 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
1122 break;
|
|
1123
|
449
|
1124 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1125 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
1126 goto normalchar;
|
|
1127 goto docomplete;
|
|
1128
|
449
|
1129 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1130 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
1131 goto normalchar;
|
|
1132 goto docomplete;
|
477
|
1133
|
|
1134 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
1135 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
1136 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
1137 goto normalchar;
|
|
1138 goto docomplete;
|
7
|
1139 #endif
|
|
1140
|
449
|
1141 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1142 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1143 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
1144 #endif
|
|
1145 {
|
|
1146 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
1147 if (p_im)
|
|
1148 {
|
|
1149 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
1150 break;
|
|
1151 goto doESCkey;
|
|
1152 }
|
|
1153 goto normalchar;
|
|
1154 }
|
|
1155 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1156 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1157
|
449
|
1158 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
7
|
1159 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
1160 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
1161 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
1162 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
1163 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
449
|
1164 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
7
|
1165 goto normalchar;
|
|
1166
|
|
1167 docomplete:
|
|
1168 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
449
|
1169 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
1170 break;
|
|
1171 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
1172
|
449
|
1173 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
1174 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
1175 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
7
|
1176 break;
|
|
1177
|
|
1178 default:
|
|
1179 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
1180 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
1181 goto do_intr;
|
|
1182 #endif
|
|
1183
|
|
1184 /*
|
|
1185 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
1186 */
|
|
1187 normalchar:
|
|
1188 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
1189 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
1190 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
1191 #endif
|
|
1192
|
|
1193 if (c == ' ')
|
|
1194 {
|
|
1195 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
1196 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
1197 if (inindent(0))
|
|
1198 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
1199 #endif
|
|
1200 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
1201 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
1202 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
1203 }
|
|
1204
|
|
1205 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
1206 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1207 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
1208 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
1209 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
1210 #endif
|
|
1211 c))
|
|
1212 {
|
|
1213 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
1214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1215 revins_legal++;
|
|
1216 revins_chars++;
|
|
1217 #endif
|
|
1218 }
|
|
1219
|
|
1220 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1221
|
|
1222 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
1223 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
1224 * closed fold. */
|
|
1225 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
1226 #endif
|
|
1227 break;
|
|
1228 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
1229
|
|
1230 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
1231 if (arrow_used)
|
|
1232 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1233
|
|
1234 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
1235 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
1236 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1237 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
1238 # endif
|
|
1239 )
|
|
1240 {
|
|
1241 force_cindent:
|
|
1242 /*
|
|
1243 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
1244 */
|
|
1245 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
1246 {
|
|
1247 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
1248 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
1249 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
1250 }
|
|
1251 }
|
|
1252 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
1253
|
|
1254 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
1255 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
1256 }
|
|
1257
|
|
1258 /*
|
|
1259 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
1260 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
1261 * option work correctly.
|
|
1262 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
1263 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
1264 */
|
|
1265 static void
|
|
1266 ins_redraw()
|
|
1267 {
|
|
1268 if (!char_avail())
|
|
1269 {
|
|
1270 if (must_redraw)
|
|
1271 update_screen(0);
|
|
1272 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
1273 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
1274 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
1275 setcursor();
|
|
1276 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
1277 }
|
|
1278 }
|
|
1279
|
|
1280 /*
|
|
1281 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
1282 */
|
|
1283 static void
|
|
1284 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
1285 {
|
|
1286 int c;
|
|
1287
|
|
1288 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
1289 ins_redraw();
|
|
1290
|
|
1291 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
1292 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
1293 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
1294
|
|
1295 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
1296 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
1297 #endif
|
|
1298
|
|
1299 c = get_literal();
|
|
1300 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
1301 clear_showcmd();
|
|
1302 #endif
|
|
1303 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1304 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1305 revins_chars++;
|
|
1306 revins_legal++;
|
|
1307 #endif
|
|
1308 }
|
|
1309
|
|
1310 /*
|
|
1311 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
1312 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
1313 */
|
|
1314 static int pc_status;
|
|
1315 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
1316 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
1317 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
1318 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
1319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1320 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
1321 #else
|
|
1322 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
1323 #endif
|
|
1324 static int pc_attr;
|
|
1325 static int pc_row;
|
|
1326 static int pc_col;
|
|
1327
|
|
1328 void
|
|
1329 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
1330 int c;
|
|
1331 int highlight;
|
|
1332 {
|
|
1333 int attr;
|
|
1334
|
|
1335 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
1336 {
|
|
1337 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
1338 validate_cursor();
|
|
1339 if (highlight)
|
|
1340 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
1341 else
|
|
1342 attr = 0;
|
|
1343 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
1344 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
1345 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1346 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
1347 #endif
|
|
1348 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1349 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
1350 {
|
|
1351 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1352 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1353 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1354 {
|
|
1355 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
1356
|
|
1357 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
1358 {
|
|
1359 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
1360 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1361 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
1362 }
|
|
1363 }
|
|
1364 # endif
|
|
1365 }
|
|
1366 else
|
|
1367 #endif
|
|
1368 {
|
|
1369 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1371 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
1372 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
1373 #endif
|
|
1374 }
|
|
1375
|
|
1376 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
1377 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1378 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
1379 #endif
|
|
1380 {
|
|
1381 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
1382 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
1383 }
|
|
1384 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
1385 }
|
|
1386 }
|
|
1387
|
|
1388 /*
|
|
1389 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
1390 */
|
|
1391 void
|
|
1392 edit_unputchar()
|
|
1393 {
|
|
1394 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
1395 {
|
|
1396 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1397 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
1398 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1399 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
1400 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
1401 else
|
|
1402 #endif
|
|
1403 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
1404 }
|
|
1405 }
|
|
1406
|
|
1407 /*
|
|
1408 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
1409 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
1410 */
|
|
1411 void
|
|
1412 display_dollar(col)
|
|
1413 colnr_T col;
|
|
1414 {
|
|
1415 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
1416
|
|
1417 if (!redrawing())
|
|
1418 return;
|
|
1419
|
|
1420 cursor_off();
|
|
1421 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1422 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
1423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1424 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1425 {
|
|
1426 char_u *p;
|
|
1427
|
|
1428 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
1429 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
1430 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
1431 }
|
|
1432 #endif
|
|
1433 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
1434 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
1435 {
|
|
1436 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
1437 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
1438 }
|
|
1439 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
1440 }
|
|
1441
|
|
1442 /*
|
|
1443 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
1444 * in insert mode.
|
|
1445 */
|
|
1446 static void
|
|
1447 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
1448 {
|
|
1449 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
1450 {
|
|
1451 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
1452 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
1453 }
|
|
1454 }
|
|
1455
|
|
1456 /*
|
|
1457 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
1458 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
1459 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
1460 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
1461 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
1462 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
1463 */
|
|
1464 void
|
|
1465 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
1466 int type;
|
|
1467 int amount;
|
|
1468 int round;
|
|
1469 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
1470 {
|
|
1471 int vcol;
|
|
1472 int last_vcol;
|
|
1473 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
1474 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
1475 int i;
|
|
1476 char_u *ptr;
|
|
1477 int save_p_list;
|
|
1478 int start_col;
|
|
1479 colnr_T vc;
|
|
1480 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1481 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1482 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1483
|
|
1484 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
1485 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1486 {
|
|
1487 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
1488 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1489 }
|
|
1490 #endif
|
|
1491
|
|
1492 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
1493 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
1494 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
1495 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
1496 vcol = vc;
|
|
1497
|
|
1498 /*
|
|
1499 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
1500 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
1501 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
1502 */
|
|
1503 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1504
|
|
1505 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
1506 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1507 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
1508 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1509
|
|
1510 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1511
|
|
1512 /*
|
|
1513 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
1514 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
1515 */
|
|
1516 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
1517 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1518
|
|
1519 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
1520 start_col = -1;
|
|
1521
|
|
1522 /*
|
|
1523 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
1524 */
|
|
1525 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
1526 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
1527 else
|
|
1528 {
|
|
1529 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1530 int save_State = State;
|
|
1531
|
|
1532 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
1533 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1534 State = INSERT;
|
|
1535 #endif
|
|
1536 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
1537 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1538 State = save_State;
|
|
1539 #endif
|
|
1540 }
|
|
1541 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1542
|
|
1543 /*
|
|
1544 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
1545 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
1546 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
1547 * non-blank character.
|
|
1548 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
1549 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
1550 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
1551 */
|
|
1552 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
1553 {
|
|
1554 /*
|
|
1555 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
1556 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
1557 */
|
|
1558 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
1559 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
1560 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1561 }
|
|
1562 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
1563 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1564 else
|
|
1565 {
|
|
1566 /*
|
|
1567 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
1568 */
|
|
1569 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1570 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
1571
|
|
1572 /*
|
|
1573 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
1574 */
|
|
1575 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
1576 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
1577 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
1578 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
1579 {
|
|
1580 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
1581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1582 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
474
|
1583 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
7
|
1584 else
|
|
1585 #endif
|
|
1586 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
1587 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
1588 }
|
|
1589 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
1590
|
|
1591 /*
|
|
1592 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
1593 * the right screen column.
|
|
1594 */
|
|
1595 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
1596 {
|
|
1597 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
1598 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
1599 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
1600 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
1601 {
|
|
1602 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
1603 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
1604 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
1605 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
1606 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
1607 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
1608 }
|
|
1609 }
|
|
1610
|
|
1611 /*
|
|
1612 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
1613 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
1614 */
|
|
1615 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
1616 }
|
|
1617
|
|
1618 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
1619
|
|
1620 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
1621 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
1622 else
|
|
1623 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
1624 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
1625 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
1626
|
|
1627 /*
|
|
1628 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
1629 */
|
|
1630 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
1631 {
|
|
1632 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
1633 {
|
|
1634 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
1635 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
1636 else
|
|
1637 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
1638 }
|
|
1639 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
1640 ai_col = 0;
|
|
1641 else
|
|
1642 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
1643 }
|
|
1644
|
|
1645 /*
|
|
1646 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
1647 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
1648 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
1649 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
1650 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
1651 */
|
|
1652 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
1653 {
|
|
1654 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
1655 {
|
|
1656 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
1657 --start_col;
|
|
1658 }
|
|
1659 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
1660 {
|
|
1661 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
1662 if (replaced)
|
|
1663 {
|
|
1664 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
1665 replaced = NUL;
|
|
1666 }
|
|
1667 ++start_col;
|
|
1668 }
|
|
1669 }
|
|
1670
|
|
1671 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1672 /*
|
|
1673 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
1674 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
1675 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
1676 */
|
|
1677 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1678 {
|
|
1679 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
1680 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
1681 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
1682 return;
|
|
1683
|
|
1684 /* Save new line */
|
|
1685 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
1686 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
1687 return;
|
|
1688
|
|
1689 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
1690 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
1691
|
|
1692 /* Put back original line */
|
|
1693 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
1694 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
1695
|
|
1696 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
1697 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
1698
|
|
1699 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
1700 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
1701
|
|
1702 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
1703 }
|
|
1704 #endif
|
|
1705 }
|
|
1706
|
|
1707 /*
|
|
1708 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
1709 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
1710 * modes.
|
|
1711 */
|
|
1712 void
|
|
1713 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
1714 char_u *line;
|
|
1715 {
|
|
1716 int i;
|
|
1717
|
|
1718 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
1719 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
1720 {
|
|
1721 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1722 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
1723 }
|
|
1724 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
1725 }
|
|
1726
|
|
1727 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
1728 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
1729 /*
|
|
1730 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
1731 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
1732 */
|
|
1733 void
|
|
1734 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
1735 int col;
|
|
1736 {
|
|
1737 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
1738 {
|
|
1739 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
1740 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1741 replace_do_bs();
|
|
1742 else
|
|
1743 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
1744 }
|
|
1745 }
|
|
1746 #endif
|
|
1747
|
|
1748 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
1749 /*
|
449
|
1750 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
1751 */
|
|
1752 static void
|
|
1753 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
1754 {
|
|
1755 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
1756 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
1757 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
1758 {
|
|
1759 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
1760 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
1761 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
1762 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
1763 else
|
|
1764 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
1765 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
1766 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
1767 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
1768 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
1769 showmode();
|
|
1770 }
|
|
1771 }
|
|
1772
|
|
1773 /*
|
|
1774 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
1775 */
|
|
1776 static int
|
|
1777 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
1778 int dict_opt;
|
|
1779 {
|
|
1780 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
1781 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
1782 {
|
|
1783 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
1784 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
1785 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
1786 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
1787 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
1788 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
1789 {
|
|
1790 vim_beep();
|
|
1791 setcursor();
|
|
1792 out_flush();
|
|
1793 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
1794 }
|
|
1795 return FALSE;
|
|
1796 }
|
|
1797 return TRUE;
|
|
1798 }
|
|
1799
|
|
1800 /*
|
7
|
1801 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
1802 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
1803 */
|
|
1804 int
|
|
1805 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
1806 int c;
|
|
1807 {
|
|
1808 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
1809 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
1810 return TRUE;
|
|
1811
|
|
1812 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
1813 {
|
|
1814 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
1815 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
1816 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
449
|
1817 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
7
|
1818 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
1819 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
1820 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
477
|
1821 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
1822 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
7
|
1823 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
1824 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
1825 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
1826 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1827 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
1828 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1829 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
1830 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1831 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
1832 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1833 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
1834 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1835 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
1836 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
1837 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1838 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
1839 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1840 #endif
|
|
1841 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
1842 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
1843 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
12
|
1844 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
1845 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
449
|
1846 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1847 #endif
|
|
1848 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
1849 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
477
|
1850 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
1851 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
7
|
1852 }
|
|
1853 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
1854 return FALSE;
|
|
1855 }
|
|
1856
|
|
1857 /*
|
|
1858 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
1859 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
1860 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
1861 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
449
|
1862 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
7
|
1863 */
|
|
1864 int
|
464
|
1865 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
7
|
1866 char_u *str;
|
|
1867 int len;
|
|
1868 char_u *fname;
|
|
1869 int dir;
|
464
|
1870 int flags;
|
7
|
1871 {
|
|
1872 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
1873 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
1874 int idx;
|
|
1875
|
|
1876 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
1877 {
|
|
1878 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
1879 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
419
|
1880 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
7
|
1881
|
|
1882 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
449
|
1883 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
1884 {
|
|
1885 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
7
|
1886 {
|
|
1887 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
1888 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
1889 {
|
|
1890 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
449
|
1891 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
7
|
1892 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
1893 break;
|
|
1894 }
|
|
1895 }
|
|
1896 }
|
|
1897
|
|
1898 /*
|
|
1899 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
1900 * upper case.
|
|
1901 */
|
|
1902 if (!has_lower)
|
|
1903 {
|
449
|
1904 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
7
|
1905 {
|
449
|
1906 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
7
|
1907 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
1908 {
|
|
1909 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
449
|
1910 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
7
|
1911 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
1912 break;
|
|
1913 }
|
449
|
1914 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
7
|
1915 }
|
|
1916 }
|
|
1917
|
|
1918 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
449
|
1919 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
7
|
1920
|
464
|
1921 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
1922 }
|
|
1923 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
7
|
1924 }
|
|
1925
|
|
1926 /*
|
|
1927 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
1928 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
1929 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
464
|
1930 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
1931 *
|
|
1932 * New:
|
|
1933 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
1934 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
1935 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
7
|
1936 */
|
464
|
1937 int
|
|
1938 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
7
|
1939 char_u *str;
|
|
1940 int len;
|
|
1941 char_u *fname;
|
|
1942 int dir;
|
464
|
1943 int flags;
|
7
|
1944 {
|
464
|
1945 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
1946
|
|
1947 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
1948 if (got_int)
|
464
|
1949 return FAIL;
|
7
|
1950 if (len < 0)
|
|
1951 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
1952
|
|
1953 /*
|
|
1954 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
1955 */
|
449
|
1956 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
1957 {
|
|
1958 match = compl_first_match;
|
7
|
1959 do
|
|
1960 {
|
464
|
1961 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
1962 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
1963 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
1964 return NOTDONE;
|
|
1965 match = match->cp_next;
|
449
|
1966 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
7
|
1967 }
|
|
1968
|
|
1969 /*
|
|
1970 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
1971 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
1972 */
|
464
|
1973 match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
7
|
1974 if (match == NULL)
|
464
|
1975 return FAIL;
|
|
1976 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
1977 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
1978 {
|
|
1979 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
1980 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
1981 }
|
|
1982 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
7
|
1983 {
|
|
1984 vim_free(match);
|
464
|
1985 return FAIL;
|
7
|
1986 }
|
|
1987 /* match-fname is:
|
464
|
1988 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
7
|
1989 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
1990 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
464
|
1991 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
|
|
1992 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
1993 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
1994 else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
1995 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
7
|
1996 else
|
464
|
1997 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
1998 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
7
|
1999
|
|
2000 /*
|
|
2001 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
2002 */
|
449
|
2003 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
464
|
2004 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
7
|
2005 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
2006 {
|
464
|
2007 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
2008 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
7
|
2009 }
|
|
2010 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
2011 {
|
464
|
2012 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
2013 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
2014 }
|
|
2015 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
2016 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
2017 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
2018 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
7
|
2019 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
449
|
2020 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
2021 compl_curr_match = match;
|
7
|
2022
|
|
2023 return OK;
|
|
2024 }
|
|
2025
|
|
2026 /*
|
|
2027 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
2028 * Frees matches[].
|
|
2029 */
|
|
2030 static void
|
|
2031 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
2032 int num_matches;
|
|
2033 char_u **matches;
|
|
2034 int dir;
|
|
2035 {
|
|
2036 int i;
|
|
2037 int add_r = OK;
|
|
2038 int ldir = dir;
|
|
2039
|
464
|
2040 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
7
|
2041 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
2042 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
2043 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
2044 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
2045 }
|
|
2046
|
|
2047 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
2048 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
2049 */
|
|
2050 static int
|
|
2051 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
2052 {
|
464
|
2053 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
2054 int count = 0;
|
|
2055
|
449
|
2056 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
7
|
2057 {
|
|
2058 /*
|
|
2059 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
2060 */
|
449
|
2061 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
2062 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
464
|
2063 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
2064 {
|
|
2065 match = match->cp_next;
|
7
|
2066 ++count;
|
|
2067 }
|
464
|
2068 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
2069 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
7
|
2070 }
|
|
2071 return count;
|
|
2072 }
|
|
2073
|
|
2074 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
2075 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
2076 /*
|
|
2077 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
2078 * completions.
|
|
2079 */
|
|
2080 static void
|
|
2081 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
2082 char_u *dict;
|
|
2083 char_u *pat;
|
|
2084 int dir;
|
|
2085 int flags;
|
|
2086 int thesaurus;
|
|
2087 {
|
|
2088 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2089 char_u *buf;
|
|
2090 FILE *fp;
|
|
2091 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
2092 int add_r;
|
|
2093 char_u **files;
|
|
2094 int count;
|
|
2095 int i;
|
|
2096 int save_p_scs;
|
|
2097
|
|
2098 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
2099 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
2100 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
2101 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
2102 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
2103 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
2104 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
2105 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
2106 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
449
|
2107 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
7
|
2108 {
|
|
2109 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
2110 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2111 {
|
|
2112 count = 1;
|
|
2113 files = &dict;
|
|
2114 }
|
|
2115 else
|
|
2116 {
|
|
2117 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
2118 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
2119 * a modeline). */
|
|
2120 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
2121 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
2122 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
2123 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
2124 count = 0;
|
|
2125 }
|
|
2126
|
449
|
2127 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
7
|
2128 {
|
|
2129 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
2130 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2131 {
|
274
|
2132 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
2133 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
7
|
2134 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
2135 }
|
|
2136
|
|
2137 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
2138 {
|
|
2139 /*
|
|
2140 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
2141 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
2142 */
|
449
|
2143 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
2144 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
7
|
2145 {
|
|
2146 ptr = buf;
|
|
2147 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
2148 {
|
|
2149 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
2150 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
2151 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
2152 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
2153 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
2154 if (thesaurus)
|
|
2155 {
|
|
2156 char_u *wstart;
|
|
2157
|
|
2158 /*
|
|
2159 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
2160 */
|
|
2161 while (!got_int)
|
|
2162 {
|
|
2163 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
2164 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
2165 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
2166 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
2167 break;
|
|
2168 wstart = ptr;
|
|
2169
|
|
2170 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
2171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2172 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2173 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
2174 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
2175 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
2176 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
2177 {
|
474
|
2178 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2179
|
|
2180 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2181 break;
|
|
2182 ptr += l;
|
|
2183 }
|
|
2184 else
|
|
2185 #endif
|
|
2186 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
2187 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
2188 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
2189 }
|
|
2190 }
|
|
2191 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
2192 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
2193 dir = FORWARD;
|
464
|
2194 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
7
|
2195 break;
|
|
2196 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
2197 * of line */
|
|
2198 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
2199 break;
|
|
2200 }
|
|
2201 line_breakcheck();
|
464
|
2202 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
7
|
2203 }
|
|
2204 fclose(fp);
|
|
2205 }
|
|
2206 }
|
|
2207 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2208 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
2209 if (flags)
|
|
2210 break;
|
|
2211 }
|
|
2212 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
2213 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
2214 vim_free(buf);
|
|
2215 }
|
|
2216
|
|
2217 /*
|
|
2218 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
2219 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
2220 */
|
|
2221 char_u *
|
|
2222 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
2223 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2224 {
|
|
2225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2226 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2227 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
474
|
2228 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2229 else
|
|
2230 #endif
|
|
2231 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2232 ++ptr;
|
|
2233 return ptr;
|
|
2234 }
|
|
2235
|
|
2236 /*
|
|
2237 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
2238 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
2239 */
|
|
2240 char_u *
|
|
2241 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
2242 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2243 {
|
|
2244 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2245 int start_class;
|
|
2246
|
|
2247 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2248 {
|
|
2249 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
2250 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
2251 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
2252 {
|
474
|
2253 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2254 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
2255 break;
|
|
2256 }
|
|
2257 }
|
|
2258 else
|
|
2259 #endif
|
|
2260 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2261 ++ptr;
|
|
2262 return ptr;
|
|
2263 }
|
|
2264
|
|
2265 /*
|
|
2266 * Free the list of completions
|
|
2267 */
|
|
2268 static void
|
|
2269 ins_compl_free()
|
|
2270 {
|
464
|
2271 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
2272
|
449
|
2273 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
2274 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
2275
|
|
2276 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
7
|
2277 return;
|
449
|
2278 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
7
|
2279 do
|
|
2280 {
|
449
|
2281 match = compl_curr_match;
|
464
|
2282 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
2283 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
7
|
2284 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
464
|
2285 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
2286 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
7
|
2287 vim_free(match);
|
449
|
2288 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
2289 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
7
|
2290 }
|
|
2291
|
|
2292 static void
|
|
2293 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
2294 {
|
449
|
2295 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2296 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
2297 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
2298 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
2299 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
7
|
2300 save_sm = -1;
|
|
2301 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
2302 }
|
|
2303
|
|
2304 /*
|
|
2305 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
464
|
2306 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
7
|
2307 */
|
|
2308 static void
|
|
2309 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
2310 int c;
|
|
2311 {
|
|
2312 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2313 int temp;
|
|
2314 int want_cindent;
|
|
2315
|
|
2316 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
2317 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
2318 */
|
|
2319 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
2320 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
2321
|
|
2322 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
2323 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
2324 return;
|
|
2325
|
|
2326 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
2327 {
|
|
2328 /*
|
|
2329 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
2330 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
2331 */
|
|
2332 switch (c)
|
|
2333 {
|
|
2334 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
2335 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
2336 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
2337 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
2338 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
2339 else
|
|
2340 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
2341 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
2342 showmode();
|
|
2343 break;
|
|
2344 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
2345 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
2346 break;
|
|
2347 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
2348 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
2349 break;
|
|
2350 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
2351 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
2352 break;
|
|
2353 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
2354 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
2355 break;
|
|
2356 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
2357 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
2358 break;
|
12
|
2359 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
2360 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
2361 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
2362 break;
|
|
2363 #endif
|
449
|
2364 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
2365 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OCCULT;
|
|
2366 break;
|
477
|
2367 case 's':
|
|
2368 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
2369 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
484
|
2370 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
2371 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
2372 #endif
|
477
|
2373 break;
|
7
|
2374 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
2375 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
2376 break;
|
|
2377 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
2378 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
2379 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
2380 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
2381 break;
|
|
2382 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
2383 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
2384 break;
|
|
2385 #endif
|
|
2386 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
2387 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
2388 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
2389 break;
|
|
2390 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
2391 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
2392 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
2393 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
2394 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
2395 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
2396 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
2397 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
2398 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
2399 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
2400 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
2401 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
2402 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
7
|
2403 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
2404 default:
|
449
|
2405 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
2406 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
2407 * mode).
|
|
2408 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
2409 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
2410 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
2411 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
2412 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
2413 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
2414 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
7
|
2415 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
2416 {
|
449
|
2417 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
2418 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
2419 else
|
449
|
2420 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
7
|
2421 }
|
|
2422 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
2423 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
2424 showmode();
|
|
2425 break;
|
|
2426 }
|
|
2427 }
|
|
2428 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
2429 {
|
|
2430 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
2431 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
2432 {
|
|
2433 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
2434 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
2435 else
|
|
2436 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
2437 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
2438 }
|
|
2439 showmode();
|
|
2440 }
|
|
2441
|
449
|
2442 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
7
|
2443 {
|
|
2444 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
2445 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
449
|
2446 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
7
|
2447 showmode();
|
|
2448 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
2449 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
2450 {
|
|
2451 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
2452 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
449
|
2453 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
2454 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
7
|
2455 {
|
449
|
2456 char_u *p;
|
|
2457
|
7
|
2458 /*
|
|
2459 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
2460 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
2461 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
2462 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
2463 */
|
464
|
2464 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
449
|
2465 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
2466 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
7
|
2467 {
|
449
|
2468 ++p;
|
7
|
2469 ++ptr;
|
|
2470 }
|
449
|
2471 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
7
|
2472 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
2473 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
2474 }
|
|
2475
|
|
2476 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
2477 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
2478 #endif
|
|
2479 /*
|
|
2480 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
2481 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
2482 */
|
449
|
2483 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
7
|
2484 {
|
|
2485 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
2486 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
2487 if (want_cindent)
|
|
2488 {
|
|
2489 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
2490 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
2491 }
|
|
2492 #endif
|
|
2493 }
|
|
2494 else
|
|
2495 {
|
|
2496 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
2497 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
2498 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
2499 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
2500 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
2501 }
|
|
2502
|
|
2503 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
2504
|
|
2505 ins_compl_free();
|
449
|
2506 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
2507 compl_matches = 0;
|
7
|
2508 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
2509 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
449
|
2510 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
2511 p_sm = save_sm;
|
7
|
2512 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
2513 {
|
|
2514 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
2515 showmode();
|
|
2516 }
|
|
2517
|
|
2518 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
2519 /*
|
|
2520 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
2521 */
|
|
2522 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
2523 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
2524 #endif
|
|
2525 }
|
|
2526 }
|
|
2527
|
|
2528 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
2529 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
2530 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
2531 {
|
449
|
2532 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2533 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
7
|
2534 }
|
|
2535 }
|
|
2536
|
|
2537 /*
|
|
2538 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
2539 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
2540 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
2541 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
2542 *
|
|
2543 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
2544 */
|
|
2545 static buf_T *
|
|
2546 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
2547 buf_T *buf;
|
|
2548 int flag;
|
|
2549 {
|
|
2550 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
2551 static win_T *wp;
|
|
2552 #endif
|
|
2553
|
|
2554 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
2555 {
|
|
2556 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
2557 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
2558 wp = curwin;
|
383
|
2559 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
7
|
2560 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
2561 ;
|
|
2562 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
2563 #else
|
|
2564 buf = curbuf;
|
|
2565 #endif
|
|
2566 }
|
|
2567 else
|
|
2568 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
2569 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
2570 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
383
|
2571 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
7
|
2572 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
2573 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
2574 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
2575 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
2576 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
2577 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
2578 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
2579 ;
|
|
2580 return buf;
|
|
2581 }
|
|
2582
|
12
|
2583 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
452
|
2584 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
12
|
2585
|
|
2586 /*
|
452
|
2587 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get matches in
|
|
2588 * "matches".
|
|
2589 * Return value is number of matches.
|
12
|
2590 */
|
|
2591 static int
|
452
|
2592 expand_by_function(col, base, matches)
|
12
|
2593 int col;
|
|
2594 char_u *base;
|
|
2595 char_u ***matches;
|
|
2596 {
|
452
|
2597 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
2598 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
2599 char_u *args[3];
|
|
2600 listitem_T *li;
|
|
2601 garray_T ga;
|
|
2602 char_u *p;
|
|
2603
|
|
2604 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
2605 return 0;
|
|
2606
|
|
2607 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
2608 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
2609 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (int)STRLEN(base));
|
|
2610 args[1] = colbuf;
|
|
2611 args[2] = base;
|
|
2612
|
|
2613 matchlist = call_func_retlist(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
|
|
2614 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
2615 return 0;
|
|
2616
|
|
2617 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
2618 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
2619 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
2620 {
|
|
2621 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
2622 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
2623 {
|
|
2624 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
2625 break;
|
|
2626 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
2627 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
2628 }
|
|
2629 }
|
|
2630
|
|
2631 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
2632 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
2633 return ga.ga_len;
|
12
|
2634 }
|
|
2635 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
2636
|
449
|
2637 static int expand_occult __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
2638
|
7
|
2639 /*
|
449
|
2640 * Perform occult completion'
|
|
2641 * Return value is number of candidates and array of candidates as "matchp".
|
|
2642 */
|
|
2643 static int
|
|
2644 expand_occult(lnum, col, pat, matchp)
|
|
2645 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
2646 int col;
|
|
2647 char_u *pat;
|
|
2648 char_u ***matchp;
|
|
2649 {
|
|
2650 int num_matches;
|
|
2651
|
|
2652 /* Use tag completion for now. */
|
|
2653 if (find_tags(pat, &num_matches, matchp,
|
|
2654 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
2655 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
2656 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == FAIL)
|
|
2657 return 0;
|
|
2658 return num_matches;
|
|
2659 }
|
|
2660
|
|
2661 /*
|
|
2662 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
2663 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
2664 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
2665 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
2666 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
2667 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
7
|
2668 */
|
|
2669 static int
|
|
2670 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
2671 pos_T *ini;
|
|
2672 int dir;
|
|
2673 {
|
|
2674 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
2675 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
2676 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
449
|
2677 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
2678 certain type. */
|
|
2679 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
7
|
2680
|
464
|
2681 pos_T *pos;
|
|
2682 char_u **matches;
|
|
2683 int save_p_scs;
|
|
2684 int save_p_ws;
|
|
2685 int save_p_ic;
|
|
2686 int i;
|
|
2687 int num_matches;
|
|
2688 int len;
|
|
2689 int found_new_match;
|
|
2690 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
2691 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2692 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
2693 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
2694 compl_T *old_match;
|
7
|
2695
|
449
|
2696 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
2697 {
|
|
2698 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
2699 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
2700 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
2701 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
449
|
2702 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
12
|
2703 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
7
|
2704 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
2705 }
|
|
2706
|
449
|
2707 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
7
|
2708 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
2709 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
2710 for (;;)
|
|
2711 {
|
|
2712 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
2713
|
449
|
2714 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
7
|
2715 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
2716 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
2717 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
2718 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
7
|
2719 {
|
|
2720 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
2721 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
2722 e_cpt++;
|
|
2723 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
2724 {
|
|
2725 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
2726 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
2727 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
2728 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
2729 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
2730 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
2731 type = 0;
|
|
2732 }
|
|
2733 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
2734 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
2735 {
|
|
2736 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
2737 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
2738 {
|
449
|
2739 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
2740 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
2741 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
2742 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
2743 type = 0;
|
|
2744 }
|
|
2745 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
2746 {
|
|
2747 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
2748 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
2749 continue;
|
|
2750 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
2751 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
2752 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
2753 }
|
274
|
2754 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
7
|
2755 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
2756 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
2757 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
2758 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
2759 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
2760 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
2761 }
|
|
2762 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
2763 break;
|
|
2764 else
|
|
2765 {
|
|
2766 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
2767 type = -1;
|
|
2768 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
2769 {
|
|
2770 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
2771 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
2772 else
|
|
2773 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
2774 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
2775 {
|
|
2776 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
2777 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
2778 }
|
|
2779 }
|
|
2780 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
2781 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
2782 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
2783 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
2784 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
2785 #endif
|
|
2786 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
2787 {
|
|
2788 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
2789 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
2790 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
2791 }
|
|
2792 else
|
|
2793 type = -1;
|
|
2794
|
|
2795 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
2796 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
2797
|
|
2798 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
2799 if (type == -1)
|
|
2800 continue;
|
|
2801 }
|
|
2802 }
|
|
2803
|
|
2804 switch (type)
|
|
2805 {
|
|
2806 case -1:
|
|
2807 break;
|
|
2808 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
2809 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
2810 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
449
|
2811 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
2812 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
7
|
2813 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
449
|
2814 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
7
|
2815 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
2816 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
2817 break;
|
|
2818 #endif
|
|
2819
|
|
2820 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
2821 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
2822 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
2823 dict ? dict
|
|
2824 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
2825 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
2826 ? p_tsr
|
|
2827 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
2828 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
2829 ? p_dict
|
|
2830 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
449
|
2831 compl_pattern, dir,
|
7
|
2832 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
2833 dict = NULL;
|
|
2834 break;
|
|
2835
|
|
2836 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
2837 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
2838 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
449
|
2839 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
7
|
2840
|
|
2841 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
449
|
2842 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
2843 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
7
|
2844 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
2845 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
2846 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
2847 {
|
|
2848 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
2849 }
|
|
2850 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
2851 break;
|
|
2852
|
|
2853 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
449
|
2854 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
7
|
2855 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
2856 {
|
|
2857
|
|
2858 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
449
|
2859 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
7
|
2860 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
2861 }
|
|
2862 break;
|
|
2863
|
|
2864 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
449
|
2865 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
2866 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
7
|
2867 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
2868 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
2869 break;
|
|
2870
|
12
|
2871 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
2872 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
452
|
2873 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.col,
|
|
2874 compl_pattern, &matches);
|
12
|
2875 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
2876 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
2877 break;
|
|
2878 #endif
|
|
2879
|
449
|
2880 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
2881 num_matches = expand_occult(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
2882 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
2883 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
2884 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
2885 break;
|
|
2886
|
477
|
2887 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
2888 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
2889 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
2890 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
2891 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
2892 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
2893 #endif
|
|
2894 break;
|
|
2895
|
7
|
2896 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
2897 /*
|
|
2898 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
2899 */
|
|
2900 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
2901 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
2902 p_scs = FALSE;
|
449
|
2903
|
7
|
2904 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
2905 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
2906 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
2907 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
2908 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
2909 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
2910 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
2911 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
2912 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
2913 for (;;)
|
|
2914 {
|
464
|
2915 int flags = 0;
|
7
|
2916
|
|
2917 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
2918 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
2919 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
449
|
2920 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
7
|
2921 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
449
|
2922 dir, compl_pattern);
|
7
|
2923 else
|
|
2924 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
449
|
2925 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
7
|
2926 RE_LAST);
|
449
|
2927 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
2928 {
|
449
|
2929 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
2930 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
2931 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
2932 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
2933 }
|
|
2934 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
2935 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
2936 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
2937 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
2938 {
|
|
2939 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
2940 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
2941 break;
|
|
2942 }
|
|
2943
|
|
2944 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
449
|
2945 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
7
|
2946 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
2947 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
2948 continue;
|
|
2949 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
2950 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
2951 {
|
449
|
2952 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
2953 {
|
|
2954 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
2955 continue;
|
|
2956 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
2957 if (!p_paste)
|
|
2958 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
2959 }
|
|
2960 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
2961 }
|
|
2962 else
|
|
2963 {
|
449
|
2964 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
2965
|
|
2966 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
2967 {
|
449
|
2968 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
7
|
2969 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
2970 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
2971 continue;
|
|
2972 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
2973 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
2974 }
|
|
2975 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
2976 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
2977 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
2978
|
449
|
2979 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
2980 && len == compl_length)
|
7
|
2981 {
|
|
2982 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
2983 {
|
|
2984 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
2985 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
2986 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
449
|
2987 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
7
|
2988 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
2989 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
2990 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
2991 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
2992 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
2993 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
2994 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
2995 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
2996 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
2997 {
|
419
|
2998 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
7
|
2999 {
|
419
|
3000 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
7
|
3001 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
3002 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
3003 if (p_js
|
419
|
3004 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
7
|
3005 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
3006 == NULL
|
419
|
3007 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
3008 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
7
|
3009 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
3010 }
|
|
3011 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
3012 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
3013 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
3014 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
3015 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
464
|
3016 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
3017 }
|
|
3018 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
3019 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
3020 }
|
449
|
3021 if (len == compl_length)
|
7
|
3022 continue;
|
|
3023 }
|
|
3024 }
|
|
3025 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
3026 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
464
|
3027 dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
7
|
3028 {
|
|
3029 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
3030 break;
|
|
3031 }
|
|
3032 }
|
|
3033 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
3034 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
3035 }
|
449
|
3036 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
3037 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
3038 if (compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
7
|
3039 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
3040
|
|
3041 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
3042 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
3043 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
3044 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
7
|
3045 break;
|
|
3046
|
|
3047 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
3048 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
3049 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
3050
|
449
|
3051 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
3052 }
|
|
3053 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3054
|
|
3055 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3056 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
3057 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3058
|
|
3059 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
3060 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
3061 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
3062 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
3063
|
|
3064 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
449
|
3065 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
3066 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
464
|
3067 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
449
|
3068 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
3069 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
7
|
3070 return i;
|
|
3071 }
|
|
3072
|
|
3073 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
3074 static void
|
|
3075 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
3076 {
|
|
3077 int i;
|
|
3078
|
|
3079 /*
|
|
3080 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
3081 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
3082 */
|
449
|
3083 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
7
|
3084 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
3085 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
3086 }
|
|
3087
|
|
3088 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
3089 static void
|
|
3090 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
3091 {
|
464
|
3092 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
7
|
3093 }
|
|
3094
|
|
3095 /*
|
|
3096 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
464
|
3097 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
3098 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
3099 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
3100 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
3101 * through the ones found so far.
|
7
|
3102 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
3103 *
|
449
|
3104 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
3105 * compl_shown_match here.
|
7
|
3106 *
|
|
3107 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
464
|
3108 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
3109 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
7
|
3110 */
|
|
3111 static int
|
|
3112 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3113 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
3114 {
|
|
3115 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
3116 int i;
|
|
3117
|
|
3118 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3119 {
|
|
3120 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
3121 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
3122 }
|
449
|
3123 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
464
|
3124 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
3125 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
3126 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
3127 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
7
|
3128 else
|
|
3129 {
|
449
|
3130 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
7
|
3131 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3132 {
|
449
|
3133 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
|
|
3134 compl_direction);
|
|
3135 if (compl_pending)
|
7
|
3136 {
|
449
|
3137 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
3138 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
7
|
3139 }
|
|
3140 }
|
|
3141 else
|
|
3142 return -1;
|
|
3143 }
|
|
3144
|
|
3145 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
3146 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
3147
|
|
3148 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3149 {
|
|
3150 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
3151 update_screen(0);
|
|
3152
|
|
3153 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
3154 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
3155 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
3156 }
|
|
3157
|
|
3158 /*
|
|
3159 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
3160 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
3161 */
|
464
|
3162 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
7
|
3163 {
|
|
3164 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
464
|
3165 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
7
|
3166 if (i <= 0)
|
|
3167 i = 0;
|
|
3168 else
|
|
3169 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
464
|
3170 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
7
|
3171 msg(IObuff);
|
|
3172 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
3173 }
|
|
3174
|
|
3175 return num_matches;
|
|
3176 }
|
|
3177
|
|
3178 /*
|
|
3179 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
3180 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
449
|
3181 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
7
|
3182 * possible. -- webb
|
464
|
3183 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
7
|
3184 */
|
|
3185 void
|
464
|
3186 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
3187 int frequency;
|
7
|
3188 {
|
|
3189 static int count = 0;
|
|
3190
|
|
3191 int c;
|
|
3192
|
|
3193 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
3194 * scripts */
|
|
3195 if (using_script())
|
|
3196 return;
|
|
3197
|
|
3198 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
464
|
3199 if (++count < frequency)
|
7
|
3200 return;
|
|
3201 count = 0;
|
|
3202
|
|
3203 ++no_mapping;
|
|
3204 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
3205 --no_mapping;
|
|
3206 if (c != NUL)
|
|
3207 {
|
|
3208 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
3209 {
|
|
3210 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
3211 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
449
|
3212 compl_shows_dir = BACKWARD;
|
7
|
3213 else
|
449
|
3214 compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
7
|
3215 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
3216 }
|
|
3217 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
449
|
3218 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
3219 }
|
|
3220 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
7
|
3221 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
3222 }
|
|
3223
|
|
3224 /*
|
|
3225 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
3226 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
3227 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
3228 */
|
|
3229 static int
|
|
3230 ins_complete(c)
|
449
|
3231 int c;
|
7
|
3232 {
|
449
|
3233 char_u *line;
|
|
3234 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
3235 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
3236 int n;
|
7
|
3237
|
|
3238 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
449
|
3239 compl_direction = BACKWARD;
|
7
|
3240 else
|
449
|
3241 compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
3242 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
3243 {
|
|
3244 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
3245
|
|
3246 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
3247 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
3248 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
3249
|
|
3250 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
3251 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
3252 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
3253 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
3254 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
3255 #endif
|
|
3256 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
3257 return FAIL;
|
|
3258
|
|
3259 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
449
|
3260 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
7
|
3261
|
|
3262 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
449
|
3263 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
3264 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
3265 * "compl_startpos"
|
7
|
3266 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
3267 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
3268 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
3269 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
449
|
3270 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
7
|
3271 {
|
|
3272 /*
|
|
3273 * it is a continued search
|
|
3274 */
|
449
|
3275 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
7
|
3276 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
3277 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
3278 {
|
449
|
3279 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
7
|
3280 {
|
449
|
3281 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
3282 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
3283 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
3284 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
3285 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
3286 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
3287 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
3288 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
7
|
3289 }
|
|
3290 else
|
|
3291 {
|
|
3292 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
3293 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
449
|
3294 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
3295 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
7
|
3296 {
|
449
|
3297 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
3298 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
3299 line + compl_length
|
|
3300 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
7
|
3301 }
|
449
|
3302 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
7
|
3303 }
|
449
|
3304 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
7
|
3305 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
3306 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
3307 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
449
|
3308 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
7
|
3309 {
|
449
|
3310 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
3311 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
3312 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
7
|
3313 }
|
449
|
3314 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
3315 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
3316 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
7
|
3317 }
|
|
3318 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
3319 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
7
|
3320 else
|
449
|
3321 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
3322 }
|
|
3323 else
|
449
|
3324 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
3325
|
|
3326 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
3327 {
|
|
3328 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
7
|
3329 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
449
|
3330 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
3331 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
3332 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
3333 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
3334 compl_col = 0;
|
7
|
3335 }
|
|
3336
|
|
3337 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
3338 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
3339 {
|
449
|
3340 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
7
|
3341 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
3342 {
|
449
|
3343 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
7
|
3344 {
|
449
|
3345 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
3346 ;
|
449
|
3347 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
3348 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
7
|
3349 }
|
|
3350 if (p_ic)
|
449
|
3351 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
3352 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
7
|
3353 else
|
449
|
3354 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
3355 compl_length);
|
|
3356 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3357 return FAIL;
|
|
3358 }
|
449
|
3359 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3360 {
|
|
3361 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
3362
|
|
3363 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
3364 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
3365 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
3366 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
3367 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3368 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3369 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
3370 || (compl_col > 0
|
7
|
3371 && (
|
|
3372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
449
|
3373 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
7
|
3374 #else
|
449
|
3375 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
7
|
3376 #endif
|
|
3377 )))
|
|
3378 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
449
|
3379 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
3380 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
3381 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
7
|
3382 }
|
449
|
3383 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
7
|
3384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
449
|
3385 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
7
|
3386 #else
|
449
|
3387 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
7
|
3388 #endif
|
|
3389 )
|
|
3390 {
|
|
3391 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
449
|
3392 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
3393 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3394 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3395 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
3396 compl_length = 0;
|
7
|
3397 }
|
|
3398 else
|
|
3399 {
|
|
3400 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3401 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
3402 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
3403 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
3404 {
|
|
3405 int base_class;
|
|
3406 int head_off;
|
|
3407
|
449
|
3408 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
3409 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
3410 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
7
|
3411 {
|
449
|
3412 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
3413 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
3414 - head_off))
|
7
|
3415 break;
|
449
|
3416 startcol -= head_off;
|
7
|
3417 }
|
|
3418 }
|
|
3419 else
|
|
3420 #endif
|
449
|
3421 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
3422 ;
|
449
|
3423 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
3424 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
3425 if (compl_length == 1)
|
7
|
3426 {
|
|
3427 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
3428 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
3429 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
3430 */
|
449
|
3431 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
3432 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3433 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3434 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
3435 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
3436 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
7
|
3437 }
|
|
3438 else
|
|
3439 {
|
449
|
3440 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
3441 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
3442 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3443 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3444 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
3445 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
3446 compl_length);
|
7
|
3447 }
|
|
3448 }
|
|
3449 }
|
|
3450 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3451 {
|
449
|
3452 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
3453 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
3454 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
3455 compl_length = 0;
|
7
|
3456 if (p_ic)
|
449
|
3457 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
3458 NULL, 0);
|
7
|
3459 else
|
449
|
3460 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3461 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3462 return FAIL;
|
|
3463 }
|
|
3464 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
3465 {
|
449
|
3466 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
3467 ;
|
449
|
3468 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
3469 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
3470 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
3471 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
3472 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3473 return FAIL;
|
|
3474 }
|
|
3475 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
3476 {
|
449
|
3477 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
3478 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3479 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3480 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
3481 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
3482 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
3483 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
7
|
3484 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3485 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
3486 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
3487 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
7
|
3488 }
|
12
|
3489 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
3490 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
3491 {
|
|
3492 /*
|
452
|
3493 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" is
|
|
3494 * 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
12
|
3495 */
|
452
|
3496 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
3497 char_u *args[3];
|
|
3498 int col;
|
12
|
3499
|
|
3500 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
452
|
3501 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
12
|
3502 return FAIL;
|
452
|
3503
|
|
3504 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
3505 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", (int)curs_col);
|
|
3506 args[1] = colbuf;
|
|
3507 args[2] = NULL;
|
|
3508
|
|
3509 col = call_func_retnr(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
|
|
3510 if (col < 0)
|
12
|
3511 return FAIL;
|
452
|
3512 compl_col = col;
|
|
3513 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
3514 compl_col = curs_col;
|
449
|
3515
|
|
3516 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
3517 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
3518 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
452
|
3519 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
449
|
3520 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3521 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
12
|
3522 return FAIL;
|
|
3523 }
|
|
3524 #endif
|
449
|
3525 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
3526 {
|
|
3527 /* TODO: let language-specific function handle locating the text
|
452
|
3528 * to be completed. */
|
449
|
3529 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
3530 ;
|
|
3531 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
3532 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
3533 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3534 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
3535 return FAIL;
|
|
3536 }
|
477
|
3537 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
3538 {
|
|
3539 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
497
|
3540 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
3541 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
3542 else
|
|
3543 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
3544 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
477
|
3545 return FAIL;
|
|
3546 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
3547 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3548 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
3549 #endif
|
|
3550 return FAIL;
|
|
3551 }
|
449
|
3552 else
|
|
3553 {
|
|
3554 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
3555 return FAIL;
|
|
3556 }
|
|
3557
|
|
3558 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3559 {
|
|
3560 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
3561 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3562 {
|
|
3563 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
3564 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
3565 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
3566
|
|
3567 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
3568 #endif
|
449
|
3569 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
3570 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
7
|
3571 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
3572 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
3573 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
3574 #endif
|
449
|
3575 compl_length = 0;
|
|
3576 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
7
|
3577 }
|
|
3578 }
|
|
3579 else
|
|
3580 {
|
|
3581 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
449
|
3582 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
3583 }
|
|
3584
|
|
3585 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
3586 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
7
|
3587 else
|
|
3588 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
3589
|
|
3590 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
449
|
3591 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
3592 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
3593 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3594 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
3595 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
3596 {
|
|
3597 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
3598 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
3599 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
3600 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
7
|
3601 return FAIL;
|
|
3602 }
|
|
3603
|
|
3604 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
3605 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
3606 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
3607 */
|
|
3608 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
3609 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
3610 showmode();
|
|
3611 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
3612 out_flush();
|
|
3613 }
|
|
3614
|
449
|
3615 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
3616 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
7
|
3617
|
|
3618 /*
|
|
3619 * Find next match.
|
|
3620 */
|
449
|
3621 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
3622
|
|
3623 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
3624 compl_matches = n;
|
|
3625 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
3626 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
3627 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
7
|
3628
|
|
3629 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
3630 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
3631 {
|
|
3632 (void)vgetc();
|
|
3633 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
3634 }
|
|
3635
|
449
|
3636 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
464
|
3637 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
449
|
3638 {
|
|
3639 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
3640 && compl_length > 1
|
7
|
3641 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
3642 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
3643 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
3644 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
3645 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
3646 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
3647 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
3648 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3649 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
3650 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
3651 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
449
|
3652 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
3653 }
|
|
3654
|
464
|
3655 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
449
|
3656 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
3657 else
|
449
|
3658 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
3659
|
|
3660 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
3661 {
|
464
|
3662 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
7
|
3663 {
|
|
3664 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
3665 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
3666 }
|
449
|
3667 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
7
|
3668 {
|
|
3669 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
3670 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
3671 }
|
464
|
3672 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
7
|
3673 {
|
|
3674 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
3675 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
3676 }
|
|
3677 else
|
|
3678 {
|
|
3679 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
464
|
3680 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
7
|
3681 {
|
464
|
3682 int number = 0;
|
|
3683 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
3684
|
449
|
3685 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
7
|
3686 {
|
|
3687 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
3688 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
3689 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
464
|
3690 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
3691 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
3692 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
3693 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
3694 {
|
464
|
3695 number = match->cp_number;
|
7
|
3696 break;
|
|
3697 }
|
|
3698 if (match != NULL)
|
|
3699 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
3700 * yet */
|
464
|
3701 for (match = match->cp_next; match
|
|
3702 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
3703 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
3704 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
7
|
3705 }
|
|
3706 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
3707 {
|
|
3708 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
3709 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
3710 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
464
|
3711 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
3712 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
3713 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
3714 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
3715 {
|
464
|
3716 number = match->cp_number;
|
7
|
3717 break;
|
|
3718 }
|
|
3719 if (match != NULL)
|
|
3720 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
3721 * assigned yet */
|
464
|
3722 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
3723 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
3724 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
3725 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
7
|
3726 }
|
|
3727 }
|
|
3728
|
|
3729 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
3730 * a safety check. */
|
464
|
3731 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
3732 {
|
|
3733 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
3734 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
3735
|
449
|
3736 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
7
|
3737 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
464
|
3738 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
7
|
3739 else
|
449
|
3740 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
464
|
3741 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
419
|
3742 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
7
|
3743 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
3744 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
3745 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
3746 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
3747 }
|
|
3748 }
|
|
3749 }
|
|
3750
|
|
3751 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
3752 showmode();
|
|
3753 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
3754 {
|
|
3755 if (!p_smd)
|
|
3756 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
3757 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
3758 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
3759 }
|
|
3760 else
|
|
3761 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
3762
|
|
3763 return OK;
|
|
3764 }
|
|
3765
|
|
3766 /*
|
|
3767 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
3768 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
3769 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
3770 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
3771 */
|
|
3772 static int
|
|
3773 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
3774 char_u *dest;
|
|
3775 char_u *src;
|
|
3776 int len;
|
|
3777 {
|
|
3778 int m;
|
|
3779
|
|
3780 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
3781 {
|
|
3782 switch (*src)
|
|
3783 {
|
|
3784 case '.':
|
|
3785 case '*':
|
|
3786 case '[':
|
|
3787 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
3788 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
3789 break;
|
|
3790 case '~':
|
|
3791 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
3792 break;
|
|
3793 case '\\':
|
|
3794 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
3795 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
3796 break;
|
|
3797 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
3798 case '$':
|
|
3799 m++;
|
|
3800 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
3801 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
3802 break;
|
|
3803 }
|
|
3804 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
3805 *dest++ = *src;
|
464
|
3806 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
7
|
3807 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
3808 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
3809 {
|
|
3810 int i, mb_len;
|
|
3811
|
474
|
3812 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
7
|
3813 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
3814 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
3815 {
|
|
3816 --len;
|
|
3817 ++src;
|
|
3818 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
3819 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
3820 }
|
|
3821 }
|
464
|
3822 # endif
|
7
|
3823 }
|
|
3824 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
3825 *dest = NUL;
|
|
3826
|
|
3827 return m;
|
|
3828 }
|
|
3829 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
3830
|
|
3831 /*
|
|
3832 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
3833 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
3834 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
3835 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
3836 */
|
|
3837 int
|
|
3838 get_literal()
|
|
3839 {
|
|
3840 int cc;
|
|
3841 int nc;
|
|
3842 int i;
|
|
3843 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
3844 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
3845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3846 int unicode = 0;
|
|
3847 #endif
|
|
3848
|
|
3849 if (got_int)
|
|
3850 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
3851
|
|
3852 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
3853 /*
|
|
3854 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
3855 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
3856 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
3857 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
3858 */
|
|
3859 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
3860 ++allow_keys;
|
|
3861 #endif
|
|
3862 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
3863 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
3864 #endif
|
|
3865 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
3866 cc = 0;
|
|
3867 i = 0;
|
|
3868 for (;;)
|
|
3869 {
|
|
3870 do
|
|
3871 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
3872 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
3873 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
3874 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
3875 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
3876 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3877 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
3878 # endif
|
|
3879 )
|
|
3880 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
3881 #endif
|
|
3882 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
3883 hex = TRUE;
|
|
3884 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
3885 octal = TRUE;
|
|
3886 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3887 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
3888 unicode = nc;
|
|
3889 #endif
|
|
3890 else
|
|
3891 {
|
|
3892 if (hex
|
|
3893 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3894 || unicode != 0
|
|
3895 #endif
|
|
3896 )
|
|
3897 {
|
|
3898 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
3899 break;
|
|
3900 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
3901 }
|
|
3902 else if (octal)
|
|
3903 {
|
|
3904 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
3905 break;
|
|
3906 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
3907 }
|
|
3908 else
|
|
3909 {
|
|
3910 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
3911 break;
|
|
3912 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
3913 }
|
|
3914
|
|
3915 ++i;
|
|
3916 }
|
|
3917
|
|
3918 if (cc > 255
|
|
3919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3920 && unicode == 0
|
|
3921 #endif
|
|
3922 )
|
|
3923 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
3924 nc = 0;
|
|
3925
|
|
3926 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
3927 {
|
|
3928 if (i >= 2)
|
|
3929 break;
|
|
3930 }
|
|
3931 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3932 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
3933 {
|
|
3934 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
3935 break;
|
|
3936 }
|
|
3937 #endif
|
|
3938 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
3939 break;
|
|
3940 }
|
|
3941 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
3942 {
|
|
3943 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
3944 {
|
|
3945 cc = '\n';
|
|
3946 nc = 0;
|
|
3947 }
|
|
3948 else
|
|
3949 {
|
|
3950 cc = nc;
|
|
3951 nc = 0;
|
|
3952 }
|
|
3953 }
|
|
3954
|
|
3955 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
3956 cc = '\n';
|
221
|
3957 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3958 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
3959 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
3960 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
3961 #endif
|
7
|
3962
|
|
3963 --no_mapping;
|
|
3964 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
3965 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
3966 --allow_keys;
|
|
3967 #endif
|
|
3968 if (nc)
|
|
3969 vungetc(nc);
|
|
3970 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
3971 return cc;
|
|
3972 }
|
|
3973
|
|
3974 /*
|
|
3975 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
3976 */
|
|
3977 static void
|
|
3978 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
3979 int c;
|
|
3980 int allow_modmask;
|
|
3981 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
3982 {
|
|
3983 char_u *p;
|
|
3984 int len;
|
|
3985
|
|
3986 /*
|
|
3987 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
3988 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
3989 * mode.
|
|
3990 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
3991 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
3992 */
|
|
3993 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
3994 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
3995 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
3996 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
3997 #endif
|
|
3998 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
3999 {
|
|
4000 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
4001 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
4002 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
4003 if (len > 2)
|
|
4004 {
|
|
4005 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
4006 return;
|
|
4007 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
4008 ins_str(p);
|
|
4009 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
4010 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
4011 }
|
|
4012 }
|
|
4013 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
4014 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
4015 }
|
|
4016
|
|
4017 /*
|
|
4018 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
4019 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
4020 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
4021 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
4022 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
4023 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
4024 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
4025 */
|
|
4026 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
4027 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
4028 #else
|
|
4029 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
4030 #endif
|
|
4031
|
|
4032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4033 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
4034 #else
|
|
4035 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
4036 #endif
|
|
4037
|
|
4038 void
|
|
4039 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
4040 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
4041 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
4042 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
4043 {
|
|
4044 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
4045 int textwidth;
|
|
4046 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4047 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
4048 char_u *p;
|
|
4049 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
4050 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
4051 #endif
|
|
4052 int fo_white_par;
|
|
4053 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
4054 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
4055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4056 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
4057 #endif
|
|
4058 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
4059 int cc;
|
|
4060
|
|
4061 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
4062 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
4063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4064 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
4065 #endif
|
|
4066 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
4067
|
|
4068 /*
|
|
4069 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
4070 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
4071 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
4072 * ends in white space.
|
|
4073 * - Otherwise:
|
|
4074 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
4075 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
4076 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
4077 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
4078 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
4079 * before the insert.
|
|
4080 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
4081 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
4082 */
|
|
4083 if (textwidth
|
|
4084 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
4085 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
4086 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4087 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4088 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4089 #endif
|
|
4090 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
4091 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
4092 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
4093 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
4094 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
4095 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
4096 ))))))
|
|
4097 {
|
|
4098 /*
|
|
4099 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
4100 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
4101 */
|
|
4102 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
4103 {
|
|
4104 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4105 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
4106 {
|
|
4107 save_char = cc;
|
|
4108 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
4109 }
|
|
4110 }
|
|
4111
|
|
4112 /*
|
|
4113 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
4114 */
|
|
4115 while (!got_int)
|
|
4116 {
|
|
4117 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
4118 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
4119 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
4120 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
4121 colnr_T len;
|
|
4122 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
4123 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4124 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
4125 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
4126 #endif
|
|
4127 colnr_T col;
|
|
4128
|
|
4129 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
4130 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
4131 break;
|
|
4132
|
|
4133 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4134 if (no_leader)
|
|
4135 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
4136 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
4137 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
4138 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
4139
|
|
4140 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
4141 if (do_comments)
|
|
4142 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
4143 else
|
|
4144 leader_len = 0;
|
|
4145
|
|
4146 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
4147 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
4148 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
4149 * to start with %. */
|
|
4150 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
4151 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
4152 #endif
|
|
4153 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
4154 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4155 && leader_len == 0
|
|
4156 #endif
|
|
4157 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
4158
|
|
4159 {
|
|
4160 textwidth = 0;
|
|
4161 break;
|
|
4162 }
|
|
4163 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
4164 break;
|
|
4165
|
|
4166 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
4167 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
4168 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4169
|
|
4170 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
4171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4172 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
4173 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4174 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
4175 #endif
|
|
4176 foundcol = 0;
|
|
4177
|
|
4178 /*
|
|
4179 * Find position to break at.
|
|
4180 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
4181 */
|
|
4182 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
4183 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
4184 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
4185 {
|
|
4186 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4187 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4188 {
|
|
4189 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
4190 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4191
|
|
4192 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
4193 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4194 {
|
|
4195 dec_cursor();
|
|
4196 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4197 }
|
|
4198 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4199 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
4200 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4201 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
4202 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
4203 break;
|
|
4204 #endif
|
|
4205 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
4206 {
|
|
4207 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
4208 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
4209 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
4210
|
|
4211 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4212 dec_cursor();
|
|
4213 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4214
|
|
4215 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4216 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
4217 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
4218 }
|
|
4219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4220 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4221 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
474
|
4222 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
7
|
4223 else
|
|
4224 #endif
|
|
4225 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
4226 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
4227 break;
|
|
4228 }
|
|
4229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4230 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
4231 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
4232 {
|
|
4233 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
4234 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4235 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
4236 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
4237 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
4238 break;
|
|
4239 }
|
|
4240 #endif
|
|
4241 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
4242 break;
|
|
4243 dec_cursor();
|
|
4244 }
|
|
4245
|
|
4246 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
4247 {
|
|
4248 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
4249 break;
|
|
4250 }
|
|
4251
|
|
4252 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
4253 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
4254
|
|
4255 /*
|
|
4256 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
4257 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
4258 * over the text instead.
|
|
4259 */
|
|
4260 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4261 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4262 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
4263 else
|
|
4264 #endif
|
|
4265 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
4266
|
|
4267 /*
|
|
4268 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
4269 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
4270 */
|
|
4271 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
4272 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4273 inc_cursor();
|
|
4274 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4275 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
4276 startcol = 0;
|
|
4277
|
|
4278 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4279 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4280 {
|
|
4281 /*
|
|
4282 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
4283 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
4284 */
|
|
4285 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
4286 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
4287 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
4288 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
4289 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
4290
|
|
4291 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
4292 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
4293 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
4294 }
|
|
4295 else
|
|
4296 #endif
|
|
4297 {
|
|
4298 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
4299 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
4300 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
4301 }
|
|
4302
|
|
4303 /*
|
|
4304 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
4305 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
4306 */
|
|
4307 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
4308 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
4309 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4310 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
4311 #endif
|
|
4312 , old_indent);
|
|
4313 old_indent = 0;
|
|
4314
|
|
4315 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
4316 if (first_line)
|
|
4317 {
|
|
4318 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
4319 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
4320 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
4321 {
|
|
4322 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4323 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4324 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
4325 else
|
|
4326 #endif
|
|
4327 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
4328 }
|
|
4329 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
4330 }
|
|
4331
|
|
4332 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4333 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4334 {
|
|
4335 /*
|
|
4336 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
4337 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
4338 */
|
|
4339 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
4340 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
4341 }
|
|
4342 else
|
|
4343 #endif
|
|
4344 {
|
|
4345 /*
|
|
4346 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
4347 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
4348 */
|
|
4349 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
4350 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
4351 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
4352 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
4353 }
|
|
4354
|
|
4355 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
4356 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
4357 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
4358 #endif
|
|
4359 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
4360 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
4361 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
4362 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
4363 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
4364 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
4365 #endif
|
|
4366 line_breakcheck();
|
|
4367 }
|
|
4368
|
|
4369 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
4370 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
4371
|
|
4372 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
4373 return;
|
|
4374 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
4375 {
|
|
4376 update_topline();
|
|
4377 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
4378 }
|
|
4379 }
|
|
4380 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
4381 return;
|
|
4382
|
|
4383 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4384 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
4385 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
4386 {
|
|
4387 char_u *line;
|
|
4388 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
4389 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
4390 int i;
|
|
4391
|
|
4392 /*
|
|
4393 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
4394 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
4395 */
|
|
4396 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
4397 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
4398 {
|
|
4399 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
4400 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
4401 ++p;
|
|
4402 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
4403 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
4404 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
4405 --middle_len;
|
|
4406
|
|
4407 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
4408 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
4409 ++p;
|
|
4410 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
4411
|
|
4412 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
4413 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4414 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
4415 ;
|
|
4416 i++;
|
|
4417
|
|
4418 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
4419 i -= middle_len;
|
|
4420
|
|
4421 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
4422 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
4423 {
|
|
4424 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
4425 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
4426
|
|
4427 /*
|
|
4428 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
4429 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
4430 */
|
|
4431 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
4432 }
|
|
4433 }
|
|
4434 }
|
|
4435 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
4436 #endif
|
|
4437
|
|
4438 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
4439 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
4440 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
4441 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
4442 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
4443 #endif
|
|
4444
|
|
4445 /*
|
|
4446 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
4447 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
4448 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
4449 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
4450 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
4451 */
|
|
4452 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
4453 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
4454 #endif
|
|
4455
|
|
4456 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
4457 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4458 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
4459 #endif
|
|
4460 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
4461 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4462 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
4463 && !cindent_on()
|
|
4464 #endif
|
|
4465 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
4466 && !p_ri
|
|
4467 #endif
|
|
4468 )
|
|
4469 {
|
|
4470 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
4471 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
4472 int i;
|
|
4473 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
4474
|
|
4475 buf[0] = c;
|
|
4476 i = 1;
|
|
4477 if (textwidth)
|
|
4478 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
4479 /*
|
|
4480 * Stop the string when:
|
|
4481 * - no more chars available
|
|
4482 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
4483 * - buffer is full
|
|
4484 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
4485 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
4486 */
|
|
4487 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
4488 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
4489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4490 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
4491 #endif
|
|
4492 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
4493 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
4494 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
4495 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
4496 {
|
|
4497 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
4498 c = vgetc();
|
|
4499 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
4500 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
4501 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
4502 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
4503 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
4504 # endif
|
|
4505 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
4506 #else
|
|
4507 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
4508 #endif
|
|
4509 }
|
|
4510
|
|
4511 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
4512 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
4513 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
4514 #endif
|
|
4515 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
4516 ins_str(buf);
|
|
4517 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
4518 {
|
|
4519 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
4520 i = 1;
|
|
4521 }
|
|
4522 else
|
|
4523 i = 0;
|
|
4524 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
4525 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
4526 }
|
|
4527 else
|
|
4528 {
|
|
4529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4530 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
4531 {
|
|
4532 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
4533
|
|
4534 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
4535 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
4536 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
4537 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
4538 }
|
|
4539 else
|
|
4540 #endif
|
|
4541 {
|
|
4542 ins_char(c);
|
|
4543 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
4544 redo_literal(c);
|
|
4545 else
|
|
4546 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
4547 }
|
|
4548 }
|
|
4549 }
|
|
4550
|
|
4551 /*
|
|
4552 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
4553 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
4554 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
4555 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
4556 * saved here.
|
|
4557 */
|
|
4558 void
|
|
4559 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
4560 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
4561 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
4562 {
|
|
4563 pos_T pos;
|
|
4564 colnr_T len;
|
|
4565 char_u *old;
|
|
4566 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
4567 int wasatend;
|
301
|
4568 int cc;
|
7
|
4569
|
|
4570 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
4571 return;
|
|
4572
|
|
4573 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4574 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
4575
|
|
4576 /* may remove added space */
|
|
4577 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
4578
|
|
4579 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
4580 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
4581 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
4582 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
4583 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
4584 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
4585 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
4586 {
|
|
4587 dec_cursor();
|
301
|
4588 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4589 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
4590 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
7
|
4591 dec_cursor();
|
301
|
4592 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4593 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
7
|
4594 {
|
|
4595 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
4596 return;
|
|
4597 }
|
|
4598 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
4599 }
|
|
4600
|
|
4601 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4602 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
4603 * comments. */
|
|
4604 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
4605 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
4606 return;
|
|
4607 #endif
|
|
4608
|
|
4609 /*
|
|
4610 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
4611 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
4612 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
4613 */
|
|
4614 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
4615 {
|
|
4616 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
4617 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
4618 return;
|
|
4619 }
|
|
4620
|
|
4621 /*
|
|
4622 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
4623 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
4624 */
|
|
4625 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
4626 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
4627 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
4628 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
4629
|
|
4630 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
4631 {
|
|
4632 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
4633 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
4634 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
4635 }
|
|
4636 else
|
|
4637 check_cursor_col();
|
|
4638
|
|
4639 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
4640 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
4641 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
4642 * formatted. */
|
|
4643 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
4644 {
|
|
4645 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
4646 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
4647 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
4648 {
|
|
4649 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
4650 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
4651 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
4652 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
4653 /* remove the space later */
|
|
4654 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
4655 }
|
|
4656 else
|
|
4657 /* may remove added space */
|
|
4658 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
4659 }
|
|
4660
|
|
4661 check_cursor();
|
|
4662 }
|
|
4663
|
|
4664 /*
|
|
4665 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
4666 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
4667 * position.
|
|
4668 */
|
|
4669 static void
|
|
4670 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
4671 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
4672 {
|
|
4673 int c = ' ';
|
301
|
4674 int cc;
|
7
|
4675
|
|
4676 if (did_add_space)
|
|
4677 {
|
301
|
4678 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4679 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
7
|
4680 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
4681 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
4682 else
|
|
4683 {
|
|
4684 if (!end_insert)
|
|
4685 {
|
|
4686 inc_cursor();
|
|
4687 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4688 dec_cursor();
|
|
4689 }
|
|
4690 if (c != NUL)
|
|
4691 {
|
|
4692 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
4693 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
4694 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
4695 }
|
|
4696 }
|
|
4697 }
|
|
4698 }
|
|
4699
|
|
4700 /*
|
|
4701 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
4702 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
4703 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
4704 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
4705 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
4706 */
|
|
4707 int
|
|
4708 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
4709 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
4710 {
|
|
4711 int textwidth;
|
|
4712
|
|
4713 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
4714 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
4715 {
|
|
4716 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
4717 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
4718 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
4719 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
4720 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
4721 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
4722 #endif
|
|
4723 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
4724 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
4725 #endif
|
|
4726 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
4727 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
4728 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
4729 || usingNetbeans
|
|
4730 # endif
|
|
4731 )
|
|
4732 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
4733 #endif
|
|
4734 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
4735 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
4736 }
|
|
4737 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
4738 textwidth = 0;
|
|
4739 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
4740 {
|
|
4741 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
4742 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
4743 textwidth = 79;
|
|
4744 }
|
|
4745 return textwidth;
|
|
4746 }
|
|
4747
|
|
4748 /*
|
|
4749 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
4750 */
|
|
4751 static void
|
|
4752 redo_literal(c)
|
|
4753 int c;
|
|
4754 {
|
|
4755 char_u buf[10];
|
|
4756
|
|
4757 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
4758 * three digits. */
|
|
4759 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
4760 {
|
|
4761 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
4762 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
4763 }
|
|
4764 else
|
|
4765 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
4766 }
|
|
4767
|
|
4768 /*
|
|
4769 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
484
|
4770 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
7
|
4771 */
|
|
4772 static void
|
|
4773 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
4774 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
4775 {
|
|
4776 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
4777 {
|
|
4778 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
4779 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
4780 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
4781 }
|
221
|
4782 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
4783 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
4784 #endif
|
7
|
4785 }
|
|
4786
|
221
|
4787 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
4788 /*
|
|
4789 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
4790 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
4791 */
|
|
4792 static void
|
|
4793 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
4794 {
|
|
4795 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
4796 {
|
|
4797 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
4798
|
|
4799 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
4800 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
4801 }
|
|
4802 }
|
484
|
4803
|
|
4804 /*
|
|
4805 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
4806 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
4807 */
|
|
4808 static void
|
|
4809 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
4810 {
|
|
4811 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4812
|
499
|
4813 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
484
|
4814 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
4815 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
4816 }
|
221
|
4817 #endif
|
|
4818
|
7
|
4819 /*
|
|
4820 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
4821 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
4822 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
4823 */
|
|
4824 int
|
|
4825 stop_arrow()
|
|
4826 {
|
|
4827 if (arrow_used)
|
|
4828 {
|
|
4829 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
4830 {
|
|
4831 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
4832 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
4833 }
|
|
4834 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
4835 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
4836 ai_col = 0;
|
|
4837 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4838 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4839 {
|
|
4840 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
4841 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
4842 }
|
|
4843 #endif
|
|
4844 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
4845 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
4846 }
|
|
4847 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
4848 {
|
|
4849 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
4850 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
4851 }
|
|
4852
|
|
4853 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
4854 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
4855 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
4856 #endif
|
|
4857
|
|
4858 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
4859 }
|
|
4860
|
|
4861 /*
|
|
4862 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
4863 */
|
|
4864 static void
|
|
4865 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
4866 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
4867 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
4868 {
|
|
4869 int cc;
|
|
4870
|
|
4871 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
4872 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
4873
|
|
4874 /*
|
|
4875 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
4876 */
|
|
4877 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
4878 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
4879 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
4880
|
|
4881 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
4882 {
|
|
4883 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
4884 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
4885 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
4886 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
10
|
4887 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
7
|
4888 {
|
10
|
4889 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4890
|
7
|
4891 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
4892 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
4893 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
4894 cc = 'x';
|
|
4895 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
4896 {
|
|
4897 dec_cursor();
|
|
4898 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4899 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
10
|
4900 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
7
|
4901 }
|
|
4902
|
|
4903 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
4904
|
10
|
4905 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
4906 {
|
|
4907 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
4908 inc_cursor();
|
|
4909 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
4910 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
4911 * the "coladd". */
|
|
4912 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
4913 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
4914 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
4915 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
4916 #endif
|
|
4917 }
|
7
|
4918 }
|
|
4919
|
|
4920 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
4921 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
4922
|
|
4923 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
10
|
4924 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
4925 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
4926 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
4927 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
7
|
4928 {
|
10
|
4929 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4930
|
|
4931 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
7
|
4932 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
4933 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4934 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
4935 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
10
|
4936 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
4937 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
4938 else if (cc != NUL)
|
7
|
4939 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
4940
|
|
4941 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
4942 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
4943 * deleted characters. */
|
|
4944 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
4945 {
|
|
4946 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
4947 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
4948 {
|
|
4949 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
4950 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
4951 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
4952 # endif
|
|
4953 }
|
|
4954 }
|
|
4955 #endif
|
|
4956 }
|
|
4957 }
|
|
4958 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
4959 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
4960 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
4961 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
4962 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
4963 #endif
|
|
4964
|
|
4965 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
4966 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
4967 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
4968 }
|
|
4969
|
|
4970 /*
|
|
4971 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
4972 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
4973 */
|
|
4974 void
|
|
4975 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
4976 int c;
|
|
4977 {
|
|
4978 char_u *s;
|
|
4979
|
|
4980 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
4981 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4982 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
4983 #else
|
|
4984 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
4985 #endif
|
|
4986 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
4987 {
|
|
4988 s = last_insert;
|
|
4989 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
4990 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
4991 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
4992 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
4993 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
4994 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
4995 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
4996 }
|
|
4997 }
|
|
4998
|
359
|
4999 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
5000 void
|
|
5001 free_last_insert()
|
|
5002 {
|
|
5003 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
5004 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
5005 }
|
|
5006 #endif
|
|
5007
|
7
|
5008 /*
|
|
5009 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
5010 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
5011 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
5012 */
|
|
5013 char_u *
|
|
5014 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
5015 int c;
|
|
5016 char_u *s;
|
|
5017 {
|
|
5018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5019 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
5020 int i;
|
|
5021 int len;
|
|
5022
|
|
5023 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
5024 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
5025 {
|
|
5026 c = temp[i];
|
|
5027 #endif
|
|
5028 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
5029 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
5030 {
|
|
5031 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
5032 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
5033 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
5034 }
|
|
5035 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
5036 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
5037 {
|
|
5038 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
5039 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
5040 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
5041 }
|
|
5042 #endif
|
|
5043 else
|
|
5044 *s++ = c;
|
|
5045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5046 }
|
|
5047 #endif
|
|
5048 return s;
|
|
5049 }
|
|
5050
|
|
5051 /*
|
|
5052 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
5053 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
5054 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
5055 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
5056 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
5057 */
|
|
5058 void
|
|
5059 beginline(flags)
|
|
5060 int flags;
|
|
5061 {
|
|
5062 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
5063 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
5064 else
|
|
5065 {
|
|
5066 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
5067 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5068 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
5069 #endif
|
|
5070
|
|
5071 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
5072 {
|
|
5073 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5074
|
|
5075 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
5076 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
5077 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5078 }
|
|
5079 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5080 }
|
|
5081 }
|
|
5082
|
|
5083 /*
|
|
5084 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
5085 *
|
|
5086 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
5087 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
5088 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
5089 */
|
|
5090
|
|
5091 int
|
|
5092 oneright()
|
|
5093 {
|
|
5094 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5096 int l;
|
|
5097 #endif
|
|
5098
|
|
5099 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5100 if (virtual_active())
|
|
5101 {
|
|
5102 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5103
|
|
5104 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
5105 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5106 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
5107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5108 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
5109 #else
|
|
5110 *ptr
|
|
5111 #endif
|
|
5112 ))
|
|
5113 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
5114 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5115 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
5116 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
5117 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
5118 }
|
|
5119 #endif
|
|
5120
|
|
5121 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5122 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
474
|
5123 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
7
|
5124 {
|
|
5125 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
5126 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
5127 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
5128 return FAIL;
|
|
5129 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
5130 }
|
|
5131 else
|
|
5132 #endif
|
|
5133 {
|
|
5134 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
5135 return FAIL;
|
|
5136 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5137 }
|
|
5138
|
|
5139 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5140 return OK;
|
|
5141 }
|
|
5142
|
|
5143 int
|
|
5144 oneleft()
|
|
5145 {
|
|
5146 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5147 if (virtual_active())
|
|
5148 {
|
|
5149 int width;
|
|
5150 int v = getviscol();
|
|
5151
|
|
5152 if (v == 0)
|
|
5153 return FAIL;
|
|
5154
|
|
5155 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
5156 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
5157 width = 1;
|
|
5158 for (;;)
|
|
5159 {
|
|
5160 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
5161 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
5162 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
5163 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
5164 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5165 && !has_mbyte
|
|
5166 # endif
|
|
5167 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
5168 break;
|
|
5169 ++width;
|
|
5170 }
|
|
5171 # else
|
|
5172 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
5173 # endif
|
|
5174
|
|
5175 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
5176 {
|
|
5177 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5178
|
|
5179 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
5180 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5181 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
5182 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5183 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
5184 # else
|
|
5185 *ptr
|
|
5186 # endif
|
|
5187 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
5188 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
5189 }
|
|
5190
|
|
5191 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5192 return OK;
|
|
5193 }
|
|
5194 #endif
|
|
5195
|
|
5196 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
5197 return FAIL;
|
|
5198
|
|
5199 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5200 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5201
|
|
5202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5203 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
5204 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
5205 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5206 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
5207 #endif
|
|
5208 return OK;
|
|
5209 }
|
|
5210
|
|
5211 int
|
|
5212 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
5213 long n;
|
|
5214 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
5215 {
|
|
5216 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
5217
|
|
5218 if (n > 0)
|
|
5219 {
|
|
5220 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
161
|
5221 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
5222 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
5223 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
7
|
5224 return FAIL;
|
|
5225 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
5226 lnum = 1;
|
|
5227 else
|
|
5228 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5229 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
5230 {
|
|
5231 /*
|
|
5232 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
5233 */
|
|
5234 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
5235 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
5236
|
|
5237 while (n--)
|
|
5238 {
|
|
5239 /* move up one line */
|
|
5240 --lnum;
|
|
5241 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
5242 break;
|
|
5243 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
5244 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
5245 * in a moment. */
|
|
5246 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
5247 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
5248 }
|
|
5249 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
5250 lnum = 1;
|
|
5251 }
|
|
5252 else
|
|
5253 #endif
|
|
5254 lnum -= n;
|
|
5255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
5256 }
|
|
5257
|
|
5258 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
5259 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
5260
|
|
5261 if (upd_topline)
|
|
5262 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
5263
|
|
5264 return OK;
|
|
5265 }
|
|
5266
|
|
5267 /*
|
|
5268 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
5269 */
|
|
5270 int
|
|
5271 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
5272 long n;
|
|
5273 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
5274 {
|
|
5275 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
5276
|
|
5277 if (n > 0)
|
|
5278 {
|
|
5279 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
5280 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5281 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
5282 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
5283 #endif
|
161
|
5284 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
5285 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
5286 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
5287 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
5288 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
7
|
5289 return FAIL;
|
|
5290 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
5291 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5292 else
|
|
5293 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5294 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
5295 {
|
|
5296 linenr_T last;
|
|
5297
|
|
5298 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
5299 while (n--)
|
|
5300 {
|
|
5301 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
5302 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
5303 else
|
|
5304 ++lnum;
|
|
5305 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
5306 break;
|
|
5307 }
|
|
5308 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
5309 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5310 }
|
|
5311 else
|
|
5312 #endif
|
|
5313 lnum += n;
|
|
5314 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
5315 }
|
|
5316
|
|
5317 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
5318 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
5319
|
|
5320 if (upd_topline)
|
|
5321 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
5322
|
|
5323 return OK;
|
|
5324 }
|
|
5325
|
|
5326 /*
|
|
5327 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
5328 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
5329 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
5330 */
|
|
5331 int
|
|
5332 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
5333 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
5334 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
5335 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
5336 {
|
|
5337 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
5338 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5339 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
5340 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
5341
|
|
5342 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
5343 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
5344 {
|
|
5345 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
5346 return FAIL;
|
|
5347 }
|
|
5348
|
|
5349 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
5350 if (c != NUL)
|
|
5351 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
5352 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
5353 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
5354
|
|
5355 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
5356 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
5357 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
5358 */
|
|
5359 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
5360 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
5361 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
5362 {
|
|
5363 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
5364 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
5365 }
|
|
5366
|
|
5367 do
|
|
5368 {
|
|
5369 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
5370 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
5371 if (last)
|
|
5372 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
5373 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
5374 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
5375 }
|
|
5376 while (--count > 0);
|
|
5377
|
|
5378 if (last)
|
|
5379 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
5380
|
|
5381 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
5382 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
5383
|
|
5384 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
5385 if (!no_esc)
|
|
5386 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
5387
|
|
5388 return OK;
|
|
5389 }
|
|
5390
|
|
5391 char_u *
|
|
5392 get_last_insert()
|
|
5393 {
|
|
5394 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
5395 return NULL;
|
|
5396 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
5397 }
|
|
5398
|
|
5399 /*
|
|
5400 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
5401 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
5402 */
|
|
5403 char_u *
|
|
5404 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
5405 {
|
|
5406 char_u *s;
|
|
5407 int len;
|
|
5408
|
|
5409 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
5410 return NULL;
|
|
5411 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
5412 if (s != NULL)
|
|
5413 {
|
|
5414 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
5415 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
5416 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
5417 }
|
|
5418 return s;
|
|
5419 }
|
|
5420
|
|
5421 /*
|
|
5422 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
5423 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
5424 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
5425 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
5426 */
|
|
5427 static int
|
|
5428 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
5429 int c;
|
|
5430 {
|
|
5431 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
5432 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
5433 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
5434 return FALSE;
|
|
5435
|
|
5436 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
5437 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
5438 }
|
|
5439
|
|
5440 /*
|
|
5441 * replace-stack functions
|
|
5442 *
|
|
5443 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
5444 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
5445 *
|
|
5446 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
5447 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
5448 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
5449 *
|
|
5450 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
5451 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
5452 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
5453 *
|
|
5454 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
5455 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
5456 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
5457 */
|
|
5458
|
298
|
5459 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
5460 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
5461 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
7
|
5462
|
|
5463 void
|
|
5464 replace_push(c)
|
|
5465 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
5466 {
|
|
5467 char_u *p;
|
|
5468
|
|
5469 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
5470 return;
|
|
5471 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
5472 {
|
|
5473 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
5474 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
5475 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
5476 {
|
|
5477 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
5478 return;
|
|
5479 }
|
|
5480 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
5481 {
|
|
5482 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
5483 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
5484 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
5485 }
|
|
5486 replace_stack = p;
|
|
5487 }
|
|
5488 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
5489 if (replace_offset)
|
|
5490 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
5491 *p = c;
|
|
5492 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
5493 }
|
|
5494
|
|
5495 /*
|
|
5496 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
5497 */
|
|
5498 static void
|
|
5499 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
5500 int c;
|
|
5501 {
|
|
5502 char_u *p;
|
|
5503
|
|
5504 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
5505 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
5506 ++replace_offset)
|
|
5507 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
5508 break;
|
|
5509 replace_push(c);
|
|
5510 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
5511 }
|
|
5512
|
|
5513 /*
|
|
5514 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
5515 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
5516 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
5517 */
|
|
5518 static int
|
|
5519 replace_pop()
|
|
5520 {
|
|
5521 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
5522 return -1;
|
|
5523 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
5524 }
|
|
5525
|
|
5526 /*
|
|
5527 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
5528 * encountered.
|
|
5529 */
|
|
5530 static void
|
|
5531 replace_join(off)
|
|
5532 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
5533 {
|
|
5534 int i;
|
|
5535
|
|
5536 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
5537 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
5538 {
|
|
5539 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
5540 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
5541 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
5542 return;
|
|
5543 }
|
|
5544 }
|
|
5545
|
|
5546 /*
|
|
5547 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
5548 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
5549 */
|
|
5550 static void
|
|
5551 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
5552 {
|
|
5553 int cc;
|
|
5554 int oldState = State;
|
|
5555
|
|
5556 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
5557 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
5558 {
|
|
5559 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5560 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
5561 #else
|
|
5562 ins_char(cc);
|
|
5563 #endif
|
|
5564 dec_cursor();
|
|
5565 }
|
|
5566 State = oldState;
|
|
5567 }
|
|
5568
|
|
5569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5570 /*
|
|
5571 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
5572 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
5573 */
|
|
5574 static void
|
|
5575 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
5576 int cc;
|
|
5577 {
|
|
5578 int n;
|
|
5579 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
5580 int i;
|
|
5581 int c;
|
|
5582
|
|
5583 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
5584 {
|
|
5585 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
5586 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
5587 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
5588 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
5589 }
|
|
5590 else
|
|
5591 ins_char(cc);
|
|
5592
|
|
5593 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
5594 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
5595 for (;;)
|
|
5596 {
|
|
5597 c = replace_pop();
|
|
5598 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
5599 break;
|
|
5600 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
5601 {
|
|
5602 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
5603 replace_push(c);
|
|
5604 break;
|
|
5605 }
|
|
5606 else
|
|
5607 {
|
|
5608 buf[0] = c;
|
|
5609 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
5610 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
5611 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
5612 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
5613 else
|
|
5614 {
|
|
5615 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
5616 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
5617 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
5618 break;
|
|
5619 }
|
|
5620 }
|
|
5621 }
|
|
5622 }
|
|
5623 #endif
|
|
5624
|
|
5625 /*
|
|
5626 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
5627 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
5628 */
|
|
5629 static void
|
|
5630 replace_flush()
|
|
5631 {
|
|
5632 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
5633 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
5634 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
5635 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
5636 }
|
|
5637
|
|
5638 /*
|
|
5639 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
5640 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
5641 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
5642 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
5643 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
5644 */
|
|
5645 static void
|
|
5646 replace_do_bs()
|
|
5647 {
|
|
5648 int cc;
|
|
5649 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5650 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
5651 int ins_len;
|
|
5652 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
5653 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
5654 char_u *p;
|
|
5655 int i;
|
|
5656 int vcol;
|
|
5657 #endif
|
|
5658
|
|
5659 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
5660 if (cc > 0)
|
|
5661 {
|
|
5662 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5663 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5664 {
|
|
5665 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
5666 * going to delete. */
|
|
5667 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
5668 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
5669 }
|
|
5670 #endif
|
|
5671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5672 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5673 {
|
|
5674 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
5675 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5676 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5677 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
5678 # endif
|
|
5679 replace_push(cc);
|
|
5680 }
|
|
5681 else
|
|
5682 #endif
|
|
5683 {
|
|
5684 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
5685 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5686 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5687 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
5688 #endif
|
|
5689 }
|
|
5690 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
5691
|
|
5692 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5693 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5694 {
|
|
5695 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
5696 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5697 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
5698 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
5699 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
5700 {
|
|
5701 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
5702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
474
|
5703 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
7
|
5704 #endif
|
|
5705 }
|
|
5706 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
5707
|
|
5708 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
5709 * text aligned. */
|
|
5710 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
5711 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
5712 {
|
|
5713 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
5714 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
5715 }
|
|
5716 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
5717 }
|
|
5718 #endif
|
|
5719
|
|
5720 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
5721 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
5722 }
|
|
5723 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
5724 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
5725 }
|
|
5726
|
|
5727 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
5728 /*
|
|
5729 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
5730 */
|
|
5731 static int
|
|
5732 cindent_on()
|
|
5733 {
|
|
5734 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
5735 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
5736 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
5737 # endif
|
|
5738 ));
|
|
5739 }
|
|
5740 #endif
|
|
5741
|
|
5742 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
5743 /*
|
|
5744 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
5745 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
5746 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
5747 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
5748 */
|
|
5749
|
|
5750 void
|
|
5751 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
5752 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
5753 {
|
|
5754 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
5755 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
5756 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
5757 }
|
|
5758
|
|
5759 void
|
|
5760 fix_indent()
|
|
5761 {
|
|
5762 if (p_paste)
|
|
5763 return;
|
|
5764 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
5765 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
5766 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
5767 # endif
|
|
5768 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
5769 else
|
|
5770 # endif
|
|
5771 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
5772 if (cindent_on())
|
|
5773 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
5774 # endif
|
|
5775 }
|
|
5776
|
|
5777 #endif
|
|
5778
|
|
5779 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
5780 /*
|
|
5781 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
5782 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
5783 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
5784 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
5785 *
|
|
5786 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
5787 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
5788 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
5789 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
5790 *
|
|
5791 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
5792 */
|
|
5793 int
|
|
5794 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
5795 int keytyped;
|
|
5796 int when;
|
|
5797 int line_is_empty;
|
|
5798 {
|
|
5799 char_u *look;
|
|
5800 int try_match;
|
|
5801 int try_match_word;
|
|
5802 char_u *p;
|
|
5803 char_u *line;
|
|
5804 int icase;
|
|
5805 int i;
|
|
5806
|
|
5807 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
5808 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
5809 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
5810 else
|
|
5811 #endif
|
|
5812 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
5813 while (*look)
|
|
5814 {
|
|
5815 /*
|
|
5816 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
5817 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
5818 */
|
|
5819 switch (when)
|
|
5820 {
|
|
5821 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
5822 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
5823 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
5824 }
|
|
5825 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
5826 ++look;
|
|
5827
|
|
5828 /*
|
|
5829 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
5830 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
5831 */
|
|
5832 if (*look == '0')
|
|
5833 {
|
|
5834 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
5835 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
5836 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
5837 ++look;
|
|
5838 }
|
|
5839 else
|
|
5840 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
5841
|
|
5842 /*
|
|
5843 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
5844 */
|
|
5845 if (*look == '^'
|
|
5846 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
5847 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
5848 #else
|
|
5849 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
5850 #endif
|
|
5851 )
|
|
5852 {
|
|
5853 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
5854 return TRUE;
|
|
5855 look += 2;
|
|
5856 }
|
|
5857 /*
|
|
5858 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
5859 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
5860 */
|
|
5861 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
5862 {
|
|
5863 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
5864 return TRUE;
|
|
5865 ++look;
|
|
5866 }
|
|
5867 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
5868 {
|
|
5869 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
5870 return TRUE;
|
|
5871 ++look;
|
|
5872 }
|
|
5873
|
|
5874 /*
|
|
5875 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
5876 * cursor.
|
|
5877 */
|
|
5878 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
5879 {
|
|
5880 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
5881 {
|
|
5882 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
5883 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
5884 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
5885 return TRUE;
|
|
5886 }
|
|
5887 ++look;
|
|
5888 }
|
|
5889
|
|
5890 /*
|
|
5891 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
5892 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
5893 * class::method for C++).
|
|
5894 */
|
|
5895 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
5896 {
|
|
5897 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
5898 {
|
|
5899 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
5900 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
5901 return TRUE;
|
|
5902 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
5903 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
5904 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
5905 {
|
|
5906 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
5907 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
5908 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
5909 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
5910 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
5911 if (i)
|
|
5912 return TRUE;
|
|
5913 }
|
|
5914 }
|
|
5915 ++look;
|
|
5916 }
|
|
5917
|
|
5918
|
|
5919 /*
|
|
5920 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
5921 */
|
|
5922 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
5923 {
|
|
5924 if (try_match)
|
|
5925 {
|
|
5926 /*
|
|
5927 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
5928 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
5929 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
5930 */
|
|
5931 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
5932 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
5933 return TRUE;
|
|
5934
|
|
5935 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
5936 return TRUE;
|
|
5937 }
|
|
5938 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
5939 look++;
|
|
5940 while (*look == '>')
|
|
5941 look++;
|
|
5942 }
|
|
5943
|
|
5944 /*
|
|
5945 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
5946 */
|
|
5947 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
5948 {
|
|
5949 ++look;
|
|
5950 if (*look == '~')
|
|
5951 {
|
|
5952 icase = TRUE;
|
|
5953 ++look;
|
|
5954 }
|
|
5955 else
|
|
5956 icase = FALSE;
|
|
5957 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
5958 if (p == NULL)
|
|
5959 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
5960 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
5961 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
5962 {
|
|
5963 int match = FALSE;
|
|
5964
|
|
5965 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
5966 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
5967 {
|
|
5968 char_u *s;
|
|
5969
|
|
5970 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
5971 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
5972 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
5973 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5974 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5975 {
|
|
5976 char_u *n;
|
|
5977
|
|
5978 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
5979 {
|
|
5980 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
5981 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
5982 break;
|
|
5983 }
|
|
5984 }
|
|
5985 else
|
|
5986 # endif
|
|
5987 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
5988 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
5989 break;
|
|
5990 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
5991 && (icase
|
|
5992 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
5993 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
5994 match = TRUE;
|
|
5995 }
|
|
5996 else
|
|
5997 #endif
|
|
5998 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
5999 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
6000 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
6001 {
|
|
6002 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
6003 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
6004 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
6005 && (icase
|
|
6006 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
6007 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
6008 == 0)
|
|
6009 match = TRUE;
|
|
6010 }
|
|
6011 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
6012 {
|
|
6013 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
6014 * word. */
|
|
6015 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6016 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
6017 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
6018 match = FALSE;
|
|
6019 }
|
|
6020 if (match)
|
|
6021 return TRUE;
|
|
6022 }
|
|
6023 look = p;
|
|
6024 }
|
|
6025
|
|
6026 /*
|
|
6027 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
6028 */
|
|
6029 else
|
|
6030 {
|
|
6031 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
6032 return TRUE;
|
|
6033 ++look;
|
|
6034 }
|
|
6035
|
|
6036 /*
|
|
6037 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
6038 */
|
|
6039 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
6040 }
|
|
6041 return FALSE;
|
|
6042 }
|
|
6043 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
6044
|
|
6045 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
6046 /*
|
|
6047 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
6048 */
|
|
6049 int
|
|
6050 hkmap(c)
|
|
6051 int c;
|
|
6052 {
|
|
6053 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
6054 {
|
|
6055 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
6056 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
6057 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
6058 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
6059 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
6060 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
6061 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
6062 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
6063 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
6064 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
6065 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
6066 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
6067 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
6068
|
|
6069 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
6070 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
6071 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
6072 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
6073 return 'X';
|
|
6074 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
6075 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
6076 else if (c == 246)
|
|
6077 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
6078 else if (c == 228)
|
|
6079 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
6080 else if (c == 252)
|
|
6081 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
6082 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6083 else if (islower(c))
|
|
6084 #else
|
|
6085 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
6086 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
6087 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
6088 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
6089 */
|
|
6090 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
6091 #endif
|
|
6092 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
6093 else
|
|
6094 return c;
|
|
6095 }
|
|
6096 else
|
|
6097 {
|
|
6098 switch (c)
|
|
6099 {
|
|
6100 case '`': return ';';
|
|
6101 case '/': return '.';
|
|
6102 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
6103 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
6104 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
6105
|
|
6106 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
6107 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
6108 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
6109 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
6110 default: {
|
|
6111 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
6112
|
|
6113 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6114 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
6115 if (!islower(c))
|
|
6116 #else
|
|
6117 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
6118 #endif
|
|
6119 return c;
|
|
6120 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
6121 break;
|
|
6122 }
|
|
6123 }
|
|
6124
|
|
6125 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
6126 }
|
|
6127 }
|
|
6128 #endif
|
|
6129
|
|
6130 static void
|
|
6131 ins_reg()
|
|
6132 {
|
|
6133 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
6134 int regname;
|
|
6135 int literally = 0;
|
|
6136
|
|
6137 /*
|
|
6138 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
6139 */
|
|
6140 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
6141 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
6142 {
|
|
6143 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
6144 ins_redraw();
|
|
6145
|
|
6146 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
6147 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6148 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
6149 #endif
|
|
6150 }
|
|
6151
|
|
6152 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
6153 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
6154 #endif
|
|
6155
|
|
6156 /*
|
|
6157 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
6158 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
6159 */
|
|
6160 ++no_mapping;
|
|
6161 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
6162 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
6163 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
6164 #endif
|
|
6165 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
6166 {
|
|
6167 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
6168 literally = regname;
|
|
6169 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6170 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
6171 #endif
|
|
6172 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
6173 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
6174 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
6175 #endif
|
|
6176 }
|
|
6177 --no_mapping;
|
|
6178
|
|
6179 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6180 /*
|
|
6181 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
6182 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
6183 */
|
|
6184 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
6185 if (regname == '=')
|
|
6186 {
|
133
|
6187 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
7
|
6188 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
133
|
6189 # endif
|
7
|
6190 regname = get_expr_register();
|
133
|
6191 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
7
|
6192 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
6193 if (im_on)
|
|
6194 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
133
|
6195 # endif
|
7
|
6196 }
|
140
|
6197 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
6198 {
|
|
6199 vim_beep();
|
7
|
6200 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
140
|
6201 }
|
7
|
6202 else
|
|
6203 {
|
|
6204 #endif
|
|
6205 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
6206 {
|
|
6207 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
6208 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
6209 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
6210 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
6211
|
|
6212 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
6213 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
6214 }
|
|
6215 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
6216 {
|
|
6217 vim_beep();
|
|
6218 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
6219 }
|
133
|
6220 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
6221 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
6222 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
6223 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
6224 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
6225
|
7
|
6226 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6227 }
|
|
6228 --no_u_sync;
|
|
6229 #endif
|
|
6230 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6231 clear_showcmd();
|
|
6232 #endif
|
|
6233
|
|
6234 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
6235 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
6236 edit_unputchar();
|
|
6237 }
|
|
6238
|
|
6239 /*
|
|
6240 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
6241 */
|
|
6242 static void
|
|
6243 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
6244 {
|
|
6245 int c;
|
|
6246
|
|
6247 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
6248 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
6249 setcursor();
|
|
6250 #endif
|
|
6251
|
|
6252 /*
|
|
6253 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
6254 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
6255 */
|
|
6256 ++no_mapping;
|
|
6257 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
6258 --no_mapping;
|
|
6259 switch (c)
|
|
6260 {
|
|
6261 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
6262 case K_UP:
|
|
6263 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
6264 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
6265 break;
|
|
6266
|
|
6267 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
6268 case K_DOWN:
|
|
6269 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
6270 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
6271 break;
|
|
6272
|
|
6273 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
6274 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
6275 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
6276 break;
|
|
6277
|
|
6278 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
6279 default: vim_beep();
|
|
6280 }
|
|
6281 }
|
|
6282
|
|
6283 /*
|
449
|
6284 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
6285 */
|
|
6286 static void
|
|
6287 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
6288 {
|
|
6289 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
6290 {
|
|
6291 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
6292 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
6293 {
|
|
6294 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
6295 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
6296 }
|
|
6297 else
|
|
6298 {
|
|
6299 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
6300 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
6301 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
6302 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
6303 #endif
|
|
6304 }
|
|
6305 }
|
|
6306 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
6307 else
|
|
6308 {
|
|
6309 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
6310 if (im_get_status())
|
|
6311 {
|
|
6312 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
6313 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
6314 }
|
|
6315 else
|
|
6316 {
|
|
6317 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
6318 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
6319 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
6320 }
|
|
6321 }
|
|
6322 #endif
|
|
6323 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
6324 showmode();
|
|
6325 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6326 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
6327 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
6328 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
6329 #endif
|
|
6330 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
6331 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
6332 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
6333 #endif
|
|
6334 }
|
|
6335
|
|
6336 /*
|
7
|
6337 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
6338 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
6339 * insert.
|
|
6340 */
|
|
6341 static int
|
477
|
6342 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
7
|
6343 long *count;
|
|
6344 int cmdchar;
|
477
|
6345 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
7
|
6346 {
|
|
6347 int temp;
|
|
6348 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
6349
|
449
|
6350 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
6351 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
6352 #endif
|
7
|
6353 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
6354 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
6355 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
6356 # endif
|
|
6357 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
6358 {
|
|
6359 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
6360 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
6361 }
|
|
6362 #endif
|
|
6363 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
6364 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
6365 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
6366 #endif
|
|
6367
|
|
6368 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6369 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
6370 {
|
|
6371 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
6372 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
6373 }
|
|
6374 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
6375 {
|
|
6376 /*
|
|
6377 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
75
|
6378 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
6379 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
7
|
6380 */
|
|
6381 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
75
|
6382 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
7
|
6383
|
|
6384 /*
|
|
6385 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
6386 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
6387 */
|
|
6388 if (*count > 0)
|
|
6389 {
|
|
6390 line_breakcheck();
|
|
6391 if (got_int)
|
|
6392 *count = 0;
|
|
6393 }
|
|
6394
|
|
6395 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
6396 {
|
164
|
6397 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
6398 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
6399 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
6400
|
7
|
6401 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
6402 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
6403 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
6404 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
6405 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
6406 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
6407 }
|
|
6408 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
6409 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
6410 }
|
|
6411
|
|
6412 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
6413 * indent */
|
|
6414 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
6415 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
6416
|
|
6417 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
6418 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
6419 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
6420
|
|
6421 /*
|
|
6422 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
477
|
6423 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
7
|
6424 */
|
477
|
6425 if (!nomove
|
|
6426 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
7
|
6427 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6428 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
6429 #endif
|
477
|
6430 )
|
|
6431 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
6432 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
7
|
6433 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
477
|
6434 && !VIsual_active
|
|
6435 #endif
|
|
6436 ))
|
7
|
6437 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6438 && !revins_on
|
|
6439 #endif
|
|
6440 )
|
|
6441 {
|
|
6442 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6443 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
6444 {
|
|
6445 oneleft();
|
|
6446 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
6447 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
6448 }
|
|
6449 else
|
|
6450 #endif
|
|
6451 {
|
|
6452 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6454 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
6455 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
6456 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
6457 #endif
|
|
6458 }
|
|
6459 }
|
|
6460
|
|
6461 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
6462 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
6463 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
6464 * well). */
|
|
6465 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
6466 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
6467 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
6468 #endif
|
|
6469
|
|
6470 State = NORMAL;
|
|
6471 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
6472 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
6473
|
|
6474 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
6475 setmouse();
|
|
6476 #endif
|
|
6477 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
6478 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
6479 #endif
|
|
6480
|
|
6481 /*
|
|
6482 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
6483 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
6484 */
|
|
6485 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
6486 showmode();
|
|
6487 else if (p_smd)
|
|
6488 MSG("");
|
|
6489
|
|
6490 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
6491 }
|
|
6492
|
|
6493 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6494 /*
|
|
6495 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
6496 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
6497 */
|
|
6498 static void
|
|
6499 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
6500 {
|
|
6501 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
6502 {
|
|
6503 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
6504 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6505 }
|
|
6506 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
6507 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
6508 if (revins_on)
|
|
6509 {
|
|
6510 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6511 revins_legal++;
|
|
6512 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
6513 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
6514 }
|
|
6515 else
|
|
6516 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
6517 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
6518 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
6519 {
|
|
6520 /*
|
|
6521 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
6522 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
6523 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
6524 */
|
|
6525 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
6526 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
6527 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
6528 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
6529 State = INSERT;
|
|
6530 }
|
|
6531 else
|
|
6532 #endif
|
|
6533 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
6534 showmode();
|
|
6535 }
|
|
6536 #endif
|
|
6537
|
|
6538 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
6539 /*
|
|
6540 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
6541 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
6542 */
|
|
6543 static int
|
|
6544 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
6545 int c;
|
|
6546 {
|
|
6547 if (km_startsel)
|
|
6548 switch (c)
|
|
6549 {
|
|
6550 case K_KHOME:
|
|
6551 case K_KEND:
|
|
6552 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
6553 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
6554 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
6555 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
6556 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
6557 case K_LEFT:
|
|
6558 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
6559 case K_UP:
|
|
6560 case K_DOWN:
|
|
6561 case K_END:
|
|
6562 case K_HOME:
|
|
6563 # endif
|
|
6564 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
6565 break;
|
|
6566 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
6567 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
6568 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
6569 case K_S_UP:
|
|
6570 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
6571 case K_S_END:
|
|
6572 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
6573 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
6574 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
6575 start_selection();
|
|
6576
|
|
6577 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
6578 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
6579 if (mod_mask)
|
|
6580 {
|
|
6581 char_u buf[4];
|
|
6582
|
|
6583 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
6584 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
6585 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
6586 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
6587 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
6588 }
|
|
6589 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
6590 return TRUE;
|
|
6591 }
|
|
6592 return FALSE;
|
|
6593 }
|
|
6594 #endif
|
|
6595
|
|
6596 /*
|
449
|
6597 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
6598 */
|
|
6599 static void
|
|
6600 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
6601 int replaceState;
|
|
6602 {
|
|
6603 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
6604 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
6605 {
|
|
6606 beep_flush();
|
|
6607 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
6608 return;
|
|
6609 }
|
|
6610 #endif
|
|
6611
|
|
6612 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
6613 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
6614 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
6615 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
6616 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
6617 #endif
|
|
6618 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6619 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
6620 else
|
|
6621 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
6622 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
6623 showmode();
|
|
6624 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
6625 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
6626 #endif
|
|
6627 }
|
|
6628
|
|
6629 /*
|
|
6630 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
6631 */
|
|
6632 static void
|
|
6633 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
6634 {
|
|
6635 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6636 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6637 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
6638 else
|
|
6639 #endif
|
|
6640 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6641 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
6642 else
|
|
6643 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
6644 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6645 if (virtual_active())
|
|
6646 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
6647 else
|
|
6648 #endif
|
|
6649 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
6650 }
|
|
6651
|
|
6652 /*
|
7
|
6653 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
6654 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
6655 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
6656 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
6657 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
6658 */
|
|
6659 static void
|
|
6660 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
6661 int c;
|
|
6662 int lastc;
|
|
6663 {
|
|
6664 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
6665 return;
|
|
6666 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
6667
|
|
6668 /*
|
|
6669 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
6670 */
|
|
6671 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
6672 {
|
|
6673 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6674 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
6675 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
6676 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6677 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
6678 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
6679 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
6680 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
6681 }
|
|
6682 else
|
|
6683 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
6684
|
|
6685 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
6686 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
6687 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
6688 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
6689 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
6690 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
6691 #endif
|
|
6692 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6693 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
6694 #endif
|
|
6695 }
|
|
6696
|
|
6697 static void
|
|
6698 ins_del()
|
|
6699 {
|
|
6700 int temp;
|
|
6701
|
|
6702 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
6703 return;
|
|
6704 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
6705 {
|
|
6706 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6707 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
6708 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
6709 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
6710 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
6711 vim_beep();
|
|
6712 else
|
|
6713 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
6714 }
|
|
6715 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
6716 vim_beep();
|
|
6717 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
6718 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
6719 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
6720 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
6721 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
6722 #endif
|
|
6723 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
6724 }
|
|
6725
|
|
6726 /*
|
|
6727 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
6728 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
6729 */
|
|
6730 static int
|
|
6731 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
6732 int c;
|
|
6733 int mode;
|
|
6734 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
6735 {
|
|
6736 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
6737 int cc;
|
|
6738 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
6739 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
6740 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
6741 int in_indent;
|
|
6742 int oldState;
|
|
6743 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6744 int p1, p2;
|
|
6745 #endif
|
|
6746
|
|
6747 /*
|
|
6748 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
6749 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
6750 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
6751 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
6752 */
|
|
6753 if ( bufempty()
|
|
6754 || (
|
|
6755 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6756 !revins_on &&
|
|
6757 #endif
|
|
6758 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
6759 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
6760 && (arrow_used
|
|
6761 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
6762 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
6763 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
6764 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
6765 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
6766 {
|
|
6767 vim_beep();
|
|
6768 return FALSE;
|
|
6769 }
|
|
6770
|
|
6771 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
6772 return FALSE;
|
|
6773 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
6774 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6775 if (in_indent)
|
|
6776 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
6777 #endif
|
|
6778 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
6779 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
6780 #endif
|
|
6781 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6782 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
6783 inc_cursor();
|
|
6784 #endif
|
|
6785
|
|
6786 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6787 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
6788 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
6789 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
6790 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
6791 */
|
|
6792 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
6793 {
|
|
6794 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
6795 {
|
|
6796 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
6797 return TRUE;
|
|
6798 }
|
|
6799 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
6800 {
|
|
6801 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
6802 return TRUE;
|
|
6803 }
|
|
6804 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
6805 }
|
|
6806 #endif
|
|
6807
|
|
6808 /*
|
|
6809 * delete newline!
|
|
6810 */
|
|
6811 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
6812 {
|
|
6813 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
6814 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
6815 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6816 || revins_on
|
|
6817 #endif
|
|
6818 )
|
|
6819 {
|
|
6820 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
6821 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
6822 return FALSE;
|
|
6823 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
6824 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
6825 }
|
|
6826 /*
|
|
6827 * In replace mode:
|
|
6828 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
6829 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
6830 */
|
|
6831 cc = -1;
|
|
6832 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6833 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
6834 /*
|
|
6835 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
6836 * cursor.
|
|
6837 */
|
|
6838 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
6839 {
|
|
6840 dec_cursor();
|
|
6841 }
|
|
6842 else
|
|
6843 {
|
|
6844 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6845 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6846 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
6847 #endif
|
|
6848 {
|
|
6849 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
6850 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
278
|
6851
|
|
6852 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
6853 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
6854 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
6855 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
6856 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
6857 {
|
|
6858 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
6859 TRUE);
|
|
6860 int len;
|
|
6861
|
|
6862 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
6863 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
6864 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
6865 }
|
|
6866
|
7
|
6867 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
6868 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
6869 inc_cursor();
|
|
6870 }
|
|
6871 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6872 else
|
|
6873 dec_cursor();
|
|
6874 #endif
|
|
6875
|
|
6876 /*
|
|
6877 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
6878 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
6879 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
6880 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
6881 */
|
|
6882 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6883 {
|
|
6884 /*
|
|
6885 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
6886 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
6887 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
6888 */
|
|
6889 oldState = State;
|
|
6890 State = NORMAL;
|
|
6891 /*
|
|
6892 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
6893 */
|
|
6894 while (cc > 0)
|
|
6895 {
|
|
6896 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6898 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
6899 #else
|
|
6900 ins_char(cc);
|
|
6901 #endif
|
|
6902 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
6903 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
6904 }
|
|
6905 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
6906 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
6907 State = oldState;
|
|
6908 }
|
|
6909 }
|
|
6910 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
6911 }
|
|
6912 else
|
|
6913 {
|
|
6914 /*
|
|
6915 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
6916 */
|
|
6917 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6918 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
6919 dec_cursor();
|
|
6920 #endif
|
|
6921 mincol = 0;
|
|
6922 /* keep indent */
|
|
6923 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
6924 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6925 && !revins_on
|
|
6926 #endif
|
|
6927 )
|
|
6928 {
|
|
6929 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6930 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
6931 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
6932 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6933 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
6934 }
|
|
6935
|
|
6936 /*
|
|
6937 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
6938 */
|
|
6939 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
6940 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
6941 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
6942 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
6943 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
6944 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
6945 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
6946 {
|
|
6947 int ts;
|
|
6948 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
6949 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
6950 int extra = 0;
|
|
6951
|
|
6952 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
6953 if (p_sta)
|
|
6954 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
6955 else
|
|
6956 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
6957 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
6958 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
6959 * the previous character. */
|
|
6960 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
6961 dec_cursor();
|
|
6962 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
6963 inc_cursor();
|
|
6964 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
6965
|
|
6966 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
6967 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
6968 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
6969 {
|
|
6970 dec_cursor();
|
|
6971 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
6972 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6973 {
|
|
6974 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
6975 * Replace mode */
|
|
6976 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
6977 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
6978 {
|
|
6979 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
6980 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
6981 {
|
|
6982 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
6983 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
6984 }
|
|
6985 else
|
|
6986 #endif
|
|
6987 replace_do_bs();
|
|
6988 }
|
|
6989 }
|
|
6990 else
|
|
6991 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
6992 }
|
|
6993
|
|
6994 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
6995 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
6996 {
|
|
6997 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
6998 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
6999 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7000 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7001
|
|
7002 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7003 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7004 ins_char(' ');
|
|
7005 else
|
|
7006 #endif
|
|
7007 {
|
|
7008 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
7009 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
7010 {
|
|
7011 if (extra)
|
|
7012 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
7013 else
|
|
7014 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7015 }
|
|
7016 if (extra == 2)
|
|
7017 extra = 1;
|
|
7018 }
|
|
7019 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7020 }
|
|
7021 }
|
|
7022
|
|
7023 /*
|
|
7024 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
7025 */
|
|
7026 else do
|
|
7027 {
|
|
7028 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7029 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
7030 #endif
|
|
7031 dec_cursor();
|
|
7032
|
|
7033 /* start of word? */
|
|
7034 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
7035 {
|
|
7036 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
7037 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
7038 }
|
|
7039 /* end of word? */
|
|
7040 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
7041 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
7042 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
7043 {
|
|
7044 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7045 if (!revins_on)
|
|
7046 #endif
|
|
7047 inc_cursor();
|
|
7048 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7049 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7050 dec_cursor();
|
|
7051 #endif
|
|
7052 break;
|
|
7053 }
|
|
7054 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7055 replace_do_bs();
|
|
7056 else
|
|
7057 {
|
|
7058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7059 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
7060 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
7061 #endif
|
|
7062 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
7063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7064 /*
|
|
7065 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
7066 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7067 * character.
|
|
7068 */
|
|
7069 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
7070 inc_cursor();
|
|
7071 #endif
|
|
7072 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7073 if (revins_chars)
|
|
7074 {
|
|
7075 revins_chars--;
|
|
7076 revins_legal++;
|
|
7077 }
|
|
7078 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7079 break;
|
|
7080 #endif
|
|
7081 }
|
|
7082 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
7083 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
7084 break;
|
|
7085 } while (
|
|
7086 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7087 revins_on ||
|
|
7088 #endif
|
|
7089 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
7090 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
7091 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
7092 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
7093 }
|
|
7094 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7095 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7096 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7097 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7098 #endif
|
|
7099 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
7100 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7101 /*
|
|
7102 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
7103 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
7104 * with.
|
|
7105 */
|
|
7106 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
7107
|
|
7108 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
7109 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7110 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7111 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7112
|
|
7113 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
7114 * was there remains visible
|
|
7115 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
7116 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
7117 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
7118 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
7119 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
7120 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
7121 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
7122
|
|
7123 return did_backspace;
|
|
7124 }
|
|
7125
|
|
7126 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
7127 static void
|
|
7128 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
7129 int c;
|
|
7130 {
|
|
7131 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7132
|
|
7133 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7134 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
7135 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
7136 # endif
|
|
7137 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
7138 return;
|
|
7139
|
|
7140 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7141 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7142 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
7143 {
|
|
7144 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7145 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7146 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7147 # endif
|
|
7148 }
|
|
7149
|
|
7150 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
7151 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
7152 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
7153 #endif
|
|
7154 }
|
|
7155
|
|
7156 static void
|
|
7157 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
7158 int up;
|
|
7159 {
|
|
7160 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7161 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7162 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
7163 # endif
|
|
7164
|
|
7165 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7166
|
|
7167 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7168 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
7169
|
|
7170 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
7171 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
7172 {
|
|
7173 int row, col;
|
|
7174
|
|
7175 row = mouse_row;
|
|
7176 col = mouse_col;
|
|
7177
|
|
7178 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
7179 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
7180 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
7181 }
|
|
7182 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
7183 # endif
|
|
7184 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7185
|
|
7186 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
7187 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
7188 else
|
|
7189 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
7190
|
|
7191 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7192 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
7193
|
|
7194 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
7195 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
7196 # endif
|
|
7197
|
|
7198 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
7199 {
|
|
7200 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7201 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7202 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7203 # endif
|
|
7204 }
|
|
7205 }
|
|
7206 #endif
|
|
7207
|
|
7208 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7209 void
|
|
7210 ins_scroll()
|
|
7211 {
|
|
7212 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7213
|
|
7214 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7215 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7216 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
7217 {
|
|
7218 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7219 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7220 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7221 # endif
|
|
7222 }
|
|
7223 }
|
|
7224
|
|
7225 void
|
|
7226 ins_horscroll()
|
|
7227 {
|
|
7228 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7229
|
|
7230 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7231 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7232 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
7233 {
|
|
7234 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7235 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7236 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7237 # endif
|
|
7238 }
|
|
7239 }
|
|
7240 #endif
|
|
7241
|
|
7242 static void
|
|
7243 ins_left()
|
|
7244 {
|
|
7245 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7246
|
|
7247 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7248 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7249 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7250 #endif
|
|
7251 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7252 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7253 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
7254 {
|
|
7255 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7256 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7257 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
7258 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
7259 revins_legal++;
|
|
7260 revins_chars++;
|
|
7261 #endif
|
|
7262 }
|
|
7263
|
|
7264 /*
|
|
7265 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
7266 * previous line
|
|
7267 */
|
|
7268 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
7269 {
|
|
7270 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7271 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
7272 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
7273 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
7274 }
|
|
7275 else
|
|
7276 vim_beep();
|
|
7277 }
|
|
7278
|
|
7279 static void
|
|
7280 ins_home(c)
|
|
7281 int c;
|
|
7282 {
|
|
7283 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7284
|
|
7285 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7286 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7287 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7288 #endif
|
|
7289 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7290 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7291 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
7292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
7293 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7294 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7295 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
7296 #endif
|
|
7297 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
7298 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7299 }
|
|
7300
|
|
7301 static void
|
|
7302 ins_end(c)
|
|
7303 int c;
|
|
7304 {
|
|
7305 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7306
|
|
7307 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7308 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7309 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7310 #endif
|
|
7311 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7312 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7313 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
7314 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
7315 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
7316 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
7317
|
|
7318 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7319 }
|
|
7320
|
|
7321 static void
|
|
7322 ins_s_left()
|
|
7323 {
|
|
7324 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7325 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7326 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7327 #endif
|
|
7328 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7329 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
7330 {
|
|
7331 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
7332 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
7333 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7334 }
|
|
7335 else
|
|
7336 vim_beep();
|
|
7337 }
|
|
7338
|
|
7339 static void
|
|
7340 ins_right()
|
|
7341 {
|
|
7342 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7343 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7344 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7345 #endif
|
|
7346 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7347 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
7348 )
|
|
7349 {
|
|
7350 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
7351 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7352 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7353 if (virtual_active())
|
|
7354 oneright();
|
|
7355 else
|
|
7356 #endif
|
|
7357 {
|
|
7358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7359 if (has_mbyte)
|
474
|
7360 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
7
|
7361 else
|
|
7362 #endif
|
|
7363 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7364 }
|
|
7365
|
|
7366 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7367 revins_legal++;
|
|
7368 if (revins_chars)
|
|
7369 revins_chars--;
|
|
7370 #endif
|
|
7371 }
|
|
7372 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
7373 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
7374 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
7375 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
7376 {
|
|
7377 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
7378 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7379 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
7380 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7381 }
|
|
7382 else
|
|
7383 vim_beep();
|
|
7384 }
|
|
7385
|
|
7386 static void
|
|
7387 ins_s_right()
|
|
7388 {
|
|
7389 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7390 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7391 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7392 #endif
|
|
7393 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7394 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
7395 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
7396 {
|
|
7397 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
7398 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
7399 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7400 }
|
|
7401 else
|
|
7402 vim_beep();
|
|
7403 }
|
|
7404
|
|
7405 static void
|
|
7406 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
7407 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
7408 {
|
|
7409 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7410 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
7411 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
7412 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
7413 #endif
|
|
7414
|
|
7415 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7416 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7417 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
7418 {
|
|
7419 if (startcol)
|
|
7420 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
7421 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
7422 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
7423 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
7424 #endif
|
|
7425 )
|
|
7426 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
7427 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7428 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7429 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7430 #endif
|
|
7431 }
|
|
7432 else
|
|
7433 vim_beep();
|
|
7434 }
|
|
7435
|
|
7436 static void
|
|
7437 ins_pageup()
|
|
7438 {
|
|
7439 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7440
|
|
7441 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7442 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7443 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
7444 {
|
|
7445 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7446 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7447 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7448 #endif
|
|
7449 }
|
|
7450 else
|
|
7451 vim_beep();
|
|
7452 }
|
|
7453
|
|
7454 static void
|
|
7455 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
7456 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
7457 {
|
|
7458 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7459 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
7460 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
7461 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
7462 #endif
|
|
7463
|
|
7464 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7465 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7466 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
7467 {
|
|
7468 if (startcol)
|
|
7469 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
7470 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
7471 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
7472 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
7473 #endif
|
|
7474 )
|
|
7475 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
7476 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7477 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7478 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7479 #endif
|
|
7480 }
|
|
7481 else
|
|
7482 vim_beep();
|
|
7483 }
|
|
7484
|
|
7485 static void
|
|
7486 ins_pagedown()
|
|
7487 {
|
|
7488 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7489
|
|
7490 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7491 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7492 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
7493 {
|
|
7494 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7495 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7496 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7497 #endif
|
|
7498 }
|
|
7499 else
|
|
7500 vim_beep();
|
|
7501 }
|
|
7502
|
|
7503 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
7504 static void
|
|
7505 ins_drop()
|
|
7506 {
|
|
7507 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
7508 }
|
|
7509 #endif
|
|
7510
|
|
7511 /*
|
|
7512 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
7513 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
7514 */
|
|
7515 static int
|
|
7516 ins_tab()
|
|
7517 {
|
|
7518 int ind;
|
|
7519 int i;
|
|
7520 int temp;
|
|
7521
|
|
7522 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
7523 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
7524 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
7525 return FALSE;
|
|
7526
|
|
7527 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
7528 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7529 if (ind)
|
|
7530 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
7531 #endif
|
|
7532
|
|
7533 /*
|
|
7534 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
7535 */
|
|
7536 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
7537 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
7538 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
7539 return TRUE;
|
|
7540
|
|
7541 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7542 return TRUE;
|
|
7543
|
|
7544 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7545 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7546 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7547 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7548 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7549 #endif
|
|
7550 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
7551
|
|
7552 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
7553 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
7554 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
7555 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
7556 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
7557 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
7558 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
7559
|
|
7560 /*
|
|
7561 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
7562 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
7563 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
7564 */
|
|
7565 ins_char(' ');
|
|
7566 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
7567 {
|
|
7568 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7569 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7570 ins_char(' ');
|
|
7571 else
|
|
7572 #endif
|
|
7573 {
|
|
7574 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
7575 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
7576 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7577 }
|
|
7578 }
|
|
7579
|
|
7580 /*
|
|
7581 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
7582 */
|
|
7583 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
7584 {
|
|
7585 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7586 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7587 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
7588 pos_T pos;
|
|
7589 #endif
|
|
7590 pos_T fpos;
|
|
7591 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
7592 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
7593 int change_col = -1;
|
|
7594 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
7595
|
|
7596 /*
|
|
7597 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
7598 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
7599 */
|
|
7600 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7601 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7602 {
|
|
7603 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7604 cursor = &pos;
|
|
7605 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
7606 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
7607 return FALSE;
|
|
7608 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
7609 }
|
|
7610 else
|
|
7611 #endif
|
|
7612 {
|
|
7613 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
7614 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7615 }
|
|
7616
|
|
7617 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
7618 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
7619 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
7620
|
|
7621 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
7622 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7623 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
7624 {
|
|
7625 --fpos.col;
|
|
7626 --ptr;
|
|
7627 }
|
|
7628
|
|
7629 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
7630 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7631 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7632 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7633 {
|
|
7634 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
7635 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
7636 }
|
|
7637
|
|
7638 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
7639 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7640 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7641
|
|
7642 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
7643 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
7644 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
7645 {
|
|
7646 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
7647 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
7648 break;
|
|
7649 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
7650 {
|
|
7651 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
7652 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
7653 {
|
|
7654 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
7655 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
7656 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7657 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
7658 }
|
|
7659 }
|
|
7660 ++fpos.col;
|
|
7661 ++ptr;
|
|
7662 vcol += i;
|
|
7663 }
|
|
7664
|
|
7665 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
7666 {
|
|
7667 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
7668
|
|
7669 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
7670 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
7671 {
|
|
7672 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
7673 ++ptr;
|
|
7674 ++repl_off;
|
|
7675 }
|
|
7676 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
7677 {
|
|
7678 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
7679 --ptr;
|
|
7680 --repl_off;
|
|
7681 }
|
|
7682 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
7683
|
|
7684 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
7685 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
7686 if (i > 0)
|
|
7687 {
|
|
7688 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
7689 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
7690 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7691 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7692 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7693 #endif
|
|
7694 )
|
|
7695 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
7696 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
7697 }
|
33
|
7698 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
7699 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
7700 {
|
|
7701 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
7702 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
7703 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
7704 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
7705 }
|
|
7706 #endif
|
7
|
7707 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
7708
|
|
7709 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7710 /*
|
|
7711 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
7712 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
7713 * spacing.
|
|
7714 */
|
|
7715 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7716 {
|
|
7717 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
7718 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
7719
|
|
7720 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
7721 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
7722 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
7723 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
7724 }
|
|
7725 #endif
|
|
7726 }
|
|
7727
|
|
7728 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7729 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7730 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
7731 #endif
|
|
7732 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
7733 }
|
|
7734
|
|
7735 return FALSE;
|
|
7736 }
|
|
7737
|
|
7738 /*
|
|
7739 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
7740 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
7741 */
|
|
7742 static int
|
|
7743 ins_eol(c)
|
|
7744 int c;
|
|
7745 {
|
|
7746 int i;
|
|
7747
|
|
7748 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
7749 return FALSE;
|
|
7750 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7751 return TRUE;
|
|
7752 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7753
|
|
7754 /*
|
|
7755 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
7756 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
7757 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
7758 */
|
|
7759 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7760 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7761 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7762 #endif
|
|
7763 )
|
|
7764 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7765
|
|
7766 /*
|
|
7767 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
7768 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
7769 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
7770 * in open_line().
|
|
7771 */
|
|
7772
|
|
7773 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7774 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
7775 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
7776 fkmap(NL);
|
|
7777 # endif
|
|
7778 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
7779 * current line. */
|
|
7780 if (revins_on)
|
|
7781 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7782 #endif
|
|
7783
|
|
7784 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
7785 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
7786 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
7787 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
7788 #endif
|
|
7789 0, old_indent);
|
|
7790 old_indent = 0;
|
|
7791 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7792 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7793 #endif
|
|
7794
|
|
7795 return (!i);
|
|
7796 }
|
|
7797
|
|
7798 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
7799 /*
|
|
7800 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
7801 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
7802 * done.
|
|
7803 */
|
|
7804 static int
|
|
7805 ins_digraph()
|
|
7806 {
|
|
7807 int c;
|
|
7808 int cc;
|
|
7809
|
|
7810 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
7811 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
7812 {
|
|
7813 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
7814 ins_redraw();
|
|
7815
|
|
7816 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
7817 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
7818 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
7819 #endif
|
|
7820 }
|
|
7821
|
|
7822 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
7823 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
7824 #endif
|
|
7825
|
|
7826 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
7827 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
7828 ++no_mapping;
|
|
7829 ++allow_keys;
|
|
7830 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
7831 --no_mapping;
|
|
7832 --allow_keys;
|
|
7833 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
7834 {
|
|
7835 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
7836 clear_showcmd();
|
|
7837 #endif
|
|
7838 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
7839 return NUL;
|
|
7840 }
|
|
7841 if (c != ESC)
|
|
7842 {
|
|
7843 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
7844 {
|
|
7845 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
7846 ins_redraw();
|
|
7847
|
|
7848 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
7849 {
|
|
7850 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
7851 * an ESC next */
|
|
7852 edit_unputchar();
|
|
7853 ins_redraw();
|
|
7854 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
7855 }
|
|
7856 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
7857 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
7858 #endif
|
|
7859 }
|
|
7860 ++no_mapping;
|
|
7861 ++allow_keys;
|
|
7862 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
7863 --no_mapping;
|
|
7864 --allow_keys;
|
|
7865 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
7866 {
|
|
7867 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
7868 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
7869 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
7870 clear_showcmd();
|
|
7871 #endif
|
|
7872 return c;
|
|
7873 }
|
|
7874 }
|
|
7875 edit_unputchar();
|
|
7876 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
7877 clear_showcmd();
|
|
7878 #endif
|
|
7879 return NUL;
|
|
7880 }
|
|
7881 #endif
|
|
7882
|
|
7883 /*
|
|
7884 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
7885 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
7886 */
|
|
7887 static int
|
|
7888 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
7889 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
7890 {
|
|
7891 int c;
|
|
7892 int temp;
|
|
7893 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
7894
|
|
7895 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
7896 {
|
|
7897 vim_beep();
|
|
7898 return NUL;
|
|
7899 }
|
|
7900
|
|
7901 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
7902 temp = 0;
|
|
7903 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
7904 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
7905 validate_virtcol();
|
|
7906 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
7907 {
|
|
7908 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
7909 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
7910 }
|
|
7911 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
7912 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
7913
|
|
7914 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7915 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
7916 #else
|
|
7917 c = *ptr;
|
|
7918 #endif
|
|
7919 if (c == NUL)
|
|
7920 vim_beep();
|
|
7921 return c;
|
|
7922 }
|
|
7923
|
449
|
7924 /*
|
|
7925 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
7926 */
|
|
7927 static int
|
|
7928 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
7929 int tc;
|
|
7930 {
|
|
7931 int c = tc;
|
|
7932
|
|
7933 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
7934 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
7935 {
|
|
7936 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
7937 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
7938 else
|
|
7939 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
7940 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
7941 }
|
|
7942 else
|
|
7943 #endif
|
|
7944 {
|
|
7945 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
7946 if (c != NUL)
|
|
7947 {
|
|
7948 long tw_save;
|
|
7949
|
|
7950 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
7951 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
7952 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
7953 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
7954 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
7955 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
7956 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
7957 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
7958 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
7959 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
7960 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7961 revins_chars++;
|
|
7962 revins_legal++;
|
|
7963 #endif
|
|
7964 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
7965 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
7966 }
|
|
7967 }
|
|
7968 return c;
|
|
7969 }
|
|
7970
|
7
|
7971 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7972 /*
|
|
7973 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
7974 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
7975 */
|
|
7976 static void
|
|
7977 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
7978 int c;
|
|
7979 {
|
|
7980 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
7981 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7982 int i;
|
|
7983 int temp;
|
|
7984
|
|
7985 /*
|
|
7986 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
7987 */
|
|
7988 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
7989 {
|
|
7990 /*
|
|
7991 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
7992 */
|
|
7993 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
7994 {
|
|
7995 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7996 /*
|
|
7997 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
7998 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
7999 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
8000 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
8001 * lines -- webb
|
|
8002 */
|
|
8003 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
8004 i = pos->col;
|
|
8005 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
8006 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
8007 ;
|
|
8008 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
8009 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
8010 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
8011 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
8012 i = get_indent();
|
|
8013 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
8014 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8015 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8016 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
8017 else
|
|
8018 #endif
|
|
8019 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
8020 }
|
|
8021 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
8022 {
|
|
8023 /*
|
|
8024 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
8025 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
8026 */
|
|
8027 temp = TRUE;
|
|
8028 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
8029 {
|
|
8030 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8031 i = get_indent();
|
|
8032 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
8033 {
|
|
8034 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
8035
|
|
8036 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
8037 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
8038 break;
|
|
8039 }
|
|
8040 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
8041 temp = FALSE;
|
|
8042 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
8043 }
|
|
8044 if (temp)
|
|
8045 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
8046 }
|
|
8047 }
|
|
8048
|
|
8049 /*
|
|
8050 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
8051 */
|
|
8052 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
8053 {
|
|
8054 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
8055 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
8056 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
8057 }
|
|
8058
|
|
8059 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
8060 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
8061 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8062 }
|
|
8063 #endif
|
|
8064
|
|
8065 /*
|
|
8066 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
8067 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
8068 */
|
|
8069 static colnr_T
|
|
8070 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
8071 {
|
|
8072 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
8073 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8074 validate_virtcol();
|
|
8075 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
8076 }
|